WO2022152190A1 - 资源可用性确定方法、资源配置方法、通信节点及存储介质 - Google Patents

资源可用性确定方法、资源配置方法、通信节点及存储介质 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022152190A1
WO2022152190A1 PCT/CN2022/071712 CN2022071712W WO2022152190A1 WO 2022152190 A1 WO2022152190 A1 WO 2022152190A1 CN 2022071712 W CN2022071712 W CN 2022071712W WO 2022152190 A1 WO2022152190 A1 WO 2022152190A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
availability
frequency domain
resource
time
unit
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/071712
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
苗婷
邢卫民
毕峰
卢有雄
刘文豪
Original Assignee
中兴通讯股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 中兴通讯股份有限公司 filed Critical 中兴通讯股份有限公司
Publication of WO2022152190A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022152190A1/zh

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/50—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources
    • H04W72/54—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on quality criteria
    • H04W72/541—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on quality criteria using the level of interference

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of wireless communication networks, for example, to a method for determining resource availability, a method for configuring resources, a communication node and a storage medium.
  • IAB Integrated Access and Backhaul
  • the IAB node has two functions: Distributed Unit (DU) function (ie base station), that is, the IAB node is a child node like a base station. Or terminal (User Equipment, UE) provides wireless access function; 2) Mobile terminal (Mobile-Termination, MT) function (ie terminal), that is, the IAB node is controlled and scheduled by the parent node (IAB node or donor IAB) like the UE .
  • DU Distributed Unit
  • UE User Equipment
  • MT Mobile-Termination
  • IAB mainly studies the scenario of time division multiplexing between the IAB node MT and DU (or between the parent link and the child link of the IAB node), and gives the IAB node DU to determine the time domain resources
  • the availability method for the scenario in which the IAB node MT and DU realize simultaneous operation through frequency division multiplexing or space division multiplexing, only supports capability reporting, and does not provide a division scheme for frequency domain resources, that is, if the IAB node DU determines one If the domain symbol is available, it is considered that all frequency domain resources corresponding to the symbol are available, or according to the scheduling situation of the IAB node MT by the parent node of the IAB node, it is determined which frequency domain resources can be used.
  • Rel-17 IAB enhances frequency division multiplexing and space division multiplexing on the basis of Rel-16. Therefore, how to divide the resources of IAB node MT and DU in frequency domain and space domain and how to judge time-frequency resources Availability is a pressing issue.
  • the present application provides a resource availability determination method, a resource configuration method, a communication node and a storage medium, so as to accurately determine available resources according to resource configuration information and reduce interference between parent links and child links.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a method for determining resource availability, including:
  • the resource configuration information includes first signaling and second signaling, wherein the first signaling includes at least one resource availability combination, one resource availability combination corresponds to one combination index, and the second signaling Let is used to indicate at least one combination index; the availability of the resource is determined according to the resource configuration information.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a resource configuration method, including:
  • the resource configuration information includes first signaling and second signaling, wherein the first signaling includes at least one resource availability combination, one resource availability combination corresponds to one combination index, and the second signaling Let is used to indicate at least one composite index.
  • Embodiments of the present application further provide a communication node, including: a memory, a processor, and a computer program stored in the memory and running on the processor, where the processor implements the foregoing resource availability determination method when the processor executes the program or resource allocation method.
  • Embodiments of the present application further provide a computer-readable storage medium, where a computer program is stored on the computer-readable storage medium, and when the program is executed by a processor, the foregoing method for determining resource availability or method for configuring resources is implemented.
  • FIG. 1 is a flowchart of a method for determining resource availability provided by an embodiment
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of resource configuration information provided by an embodiment
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of resource configuration information provided by another embodiment
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for determining resource availability according to an embodiment
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a resource configuration apparatus according to an embodiment
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a hardware structure of a communication node according to an embodiment.
  • the node that has a direct connection with the core network is the donor IAB (IAB Donor), which consists of a centralized unit (Central Unit, CU) and one or more distributed units (Distributed Unit, DU),
  • the donor IAB can obtain downlink data or send uplink data to the core network.
  • the upper-level node is the parent node, and the parent node can be the IAB node or the donor IAB; the lower-level node is the child node, and the child node can be the IAB node, or for UE.
  • a link between an IAB node and an upper-level node is called a parent link, and a link between an IAB node and its lower-level node (or UE) is called a child link.
  • the link between an IAB node and its parent node is called a parent backhaul link, and is divided into a downlink parent backhaul link and an uplink parent backhaul link;
  • the link between an IAB node and its IAB child nodes is called a child backhaul link, It is divided into a downlink sub-backhaul link and an uplink sub-backhaul link;
  • the link between the IAB node and its UE sub-node is called a sub-access link, and is divided into a downlink sub-access link and an uplink sub-access link .
  • the CU provides the cell resource configuration for the IAB node DU, including the direction of each symbol in the time slot and the attributes of the symbols in the same direction in the time slot, where the direction of the symbol includes uplink (DownLink, DL), downlink (UpLink, UL) or Flexible (Flexible, F) symbol, the properties of the symbol include hard (Hard), soft (Soft) or not available (Not Available or Unavailable). Therefore, the time domain resource types of the IAB node DU include 7 types: Hard DL, Hard F, Hard UL, Soft DL, Soft F, Soft UL, and unavailable.
  • the IAB node DU can send data, receive data, or send or receive data on the symbol, respectively.
  • the IAB Node DU can neither transmit nor receive data on that symbol.
  • the downlink, uplink or flexible symbol is configured as Soft, the IAB node DU can send data, receive data, or send or receive data on the symbol in the following situations:
  • the IAB node MT does not send or receive data on this symbol.
  • the IAB node MT transmits data or receives data on this symbol, and its transmitted or received data does not change because the IAB node DU uses the symbol.
  • IAB node MT detects downlink control information (Downlink Control Information, DCI) format 2_5 (DCI format 2_5), and the availability indication (Availability Indicator, AI) index domain value in DCI format 2_5 indicates that this Soft symbol is available.
  • DCI Downlink Control Information
  • AI availability indication
  • the IAB node DU transmits or receives symbols of a special signal or channel equivalent to being configured as Hard.
  • Sending or receiving special signals or channels include but are not limited to: sending synchronization signals and broadcast channel blocks (Synchronization Signal and Physical Broadcast Channel Block, SSB), sending type 0 Physical Downlink Control Channel (Physical Downlink Control Channel, PDCCH) public search space set (It can be carried in pdcchConfigSIB1, searchSpaceSIB1 or searchSpaceZero cell) corresponding PDCCH, receive Physical Random Access Channel (PRACH), receive Scheduling Request (SR), send periodic channel state information reference signal (Channel State Information Reference Signal, CSI-RS), send system information (System Information, SI), receive semi-static uplink transmission, send semi-static downlink transmission, etc.
  • SSB Synchrom Generation
  • PDCCH Physical Downlink Control Channel
  • PDCCH Physical Downlink Control Channel
  • PDCCH Physical Random Access Channel
  • SR Scheduling Request
  • CSI-RS send periodic
  • the serving cell (or network side) of the IAB node MT may indicate the availability of time domain symbols of the IAB node DU through DCI format 2_5.
  • FDM Frequency Division Multiplexing
  • SDM Space Division Multiplexing
  • a method for determining resource availability is provided.
  • the resource availability combination is indicated by the resource configuration information and the combination index is indicated.
  • the resource availability in the frequency domain or the air domain can be indicated flexibly and comprehensively, and the IAB node determines the resource accordingly. availability and reduce interference between parent and child links.
  • FIG. 1 is a flowchart of a method for determining resource availability provided by an embodiment. As shown in FIG. 1 , the method provided by this embodiment includes step 110 and step 120 .
  • step 110 resource configuration information is obtained, where the resource configuration information includes first signaling and second signaling, wherein the first signaling includes at least one resource availability combination, and one resource availability combination corresponds to one combination index,
  • the second signaling is used to indicate at least one combination index.
  • step 120 the availability of the resource is determined according to the resource configuration information.
  • the IAB node obtains resource configuration information from the network side (for example, the CU or the parent node or the serving cell of the IAB node MT), including the first signaling and the second signaling, and the first signaling provides at least one resource availability combination, and the corresponding relationship between each resource availability combination and the combination index; the second signaling is used to indicate at least one combination index.
  • the resource availability combination is used to indicate the availability of time-frequency resources or spatial resources. In the case of indicating time-frequency resources, it may indicate the availability of frequency domain resources within at least one time unit, or may indicate the availability of frequency domain resources within at least one time unit. The availability of symbols in the time domain and the availability of frequency domain resources may also indicate the availability of time-frequency resources in at least one time unit.
  • the IAB node may determine the corresponding resource availability combination according to the combination index indicated by the second signaling, so as to determine the availability of resources within the corresponding time unit indicated by the resource availability combination.
  • the second signaling includes one of the following: DCI, a media access control layer (Media Access Control, MAC) control element (Control Element, CE).
  • the resource availability combination may be used to indicate the availability of resources in at least one time unit of the cell of the IAB node DU, for example, to indicate the availability of Soft symbols in one time unit of the cell of the DU, or to indicate the availability of the DU in one time unit.
  • Each resource availability combination may contain one or more elements, and each element corresponds to a time unit.
  • the resource configuration information provides a corresponding relationship between resource availability combinations and combination indexes, and indicates at least one resource availability combination among them, thereby indicating the availability of resources in at least one time unit, and the resources may be frequency-division multiplexed Or space division multiplexed resources, the IAB node accurately determines the availability of the resources accordingly.
  • the time unit comprises a time slot or an integer multiple of a time slot.
  • the first signaling may indicate at least one first resource availability combination for frequency domain resources or time-frequency resources, and may also indicate at least one second resource availability combination for spatial domain resources, wherein one first resource availability combination Corresponding to a first index, a second resource availability combination corresponds to a second index.
  • the second signaling may indicate a first index for frequency domain resources, or a second index for space domain resources, to indicate the corresponding resource availability combination to the IAB node, and for the IAB node to determine the availability of the corresponding resource.
  • determining the availability of resources according to the resource configuration information includes at least one of the following:
  • the availability of frequency domain resources in at least one time unit is determined according to the resource configuration information; the availability of symbols in at least one time unit and the availability of frequency domain resources are determined according to the resource configuration information.
  • the IAB node can determine the availability of frequency domain resources in at least one time unit according to the resource configuration information sent by the network side (the availability of symbols in the time domain can be indicated or determined through other signaling, the first signaling The resource availability combination in the availability, also for the availability of frequency domain resources).
  • the resource availability combination includes a first resource availability combination for indicating availability of frequency domain resources in at least one time unit.
  • the first resource availability combination is used to indicate the availability of frequency domain resources.
  • the first resource availability combination may include one or more elements, and each element or every K2 element corresponds to one time unit; wherein, K2 is an integer greater than 0.
  • an element in the first resource availability combination is used to indicate the availability of frequency domain resources in a corresponding time unit; the element corresponds to at least one availability pattern.
  • each element in the first resource availability combination corresponds to at least one availability pattern, and is used to indicate availability of frequency domain resources within a corresponding time unit.
  • the elements in the first resource availability combination include at least one of elements of the first type, elements of the second type, and elements of the third type.
  • the first type of element corresponds to K1 availability patterns, and the K1 availability patterns are associated with a frequency domain resource corresponding to one of the following in a time unit: symbols of K1 directions, symbols of K1 attributes, symbols of K1 time-domain resource types, K1 is an integer greater than 0.
  • element A in the first resource availability combination is an element of the first type
  • the 3 availability patterns are used to indicate the time unit corresponding to element A.
  • the second type of elements corresponds to an availability pattern, and the availability pattern is associated with frequency domain resources corresponding to a time unit.
  • element B in the first resource availability combination is The second type of element, element B corresponds to an availability pattern, and the availability pattern is used to indicate the frequency domain resources in the time unit corresponding to element B (including the frequency domain corresponding to symbols of different directions, attributes and/or time domain resource types)
  • the availability of resources includes the third type of element corresponds to an availability pattern, and each K2 availability pattern is associated with a frequency domain resource corresponding to one of the following in a time unit: symbols in K2 directions, symbols in K2 attributes, and K2 time domain resources
  • the symbol of the resource type, K2 is an integer greater than 0, for example, the element C in the first resource availability combination is the third type of element, the element C corresponds to one availability pattern, and the availability pattern of every two element C is used to indicate two Availability of frequency domain resources corresponding to Soft DL and Soft UL symbols in the time unit corresponding to element C.
  • K3 elements in the first resource availability combination correspond to K3 availability patterns
  • the K3 availability patterns are associated with frequency domain resources corresponding to one of the following in at least one time unit: symbols in K3 directions, Symbols of K3 attributes and symbols of K3 time-domain resource types, where K3 is an integer greater than 0.
  • the first resource availability combination includes K3 elements, each element corresponds to an availability pattern, and the symbols corresponding to the K3 elements may span time units, that is, the K3 elements are used to indicate at least one time unit. Availability of frequency domain resources corresponding to symbols in K3 directions.
  • the availability pattern is configured or predefined for at least one of the following:
  • Availability of frequency domain units indicates the availability of 10 frequency domain units starting from frequency domain unit 1; indicates the corresponding resource indication value (Resource Indication Value, RIV) Availability of frequency domain units; for example, one RIV value corresponds to a starting frequency domain unit and the number of consecutive frequency domain units to indicate one or more consecutive frequency domain units, such as 8 consecutive frequency domain units starting from frequency domain unit 2 Frequency domain unit; the availability of the frequency domain unit is indicated by the bit value of the bitmap corresponding to the frequency domain unit, for example, the bitmap corresponding to the frequency domain unit contains 8 bits, and the 8 bit values are used to indicate 8 frequency domains respectively. Unit availability.
  • the indicated number of frequency domain units can be less than the bitmap length of 8, for example, the availability of 6 frequency domain units is indicated by the first 6 bit values in the 8 bit values, and the last 2 bit values are ignored; the indicated number of frequency domain units It can also be greater than the bitmap length of 8, for example, the availability of 10 frequency domain units is cyclically indicated with 8 bit values, and the bit values corresponding to the last two frequency domain units are the same as the first two bit values, or do not indicate the first two (or The latter 2) the availability of frequency domain units; indicates the availability of frequency domain units corresponding to the frequency domain unit index or index group, for example, indicates the frequency domain resource availability of frequency domain units whose indexes are 1 to 10, or indicates index group 1 (
  • the index group 1 includes the availability of frequency domain units of indices 1 to 10); the availability of frequency domain units indicating predetermined characteristics, eg, the availability of frequency domain units configured as Soft.
  • the resource availability combination includes a first resource availability combination for indicating the availability of symbols in at least one time unit and the availability of frequency domain resources.
  • the first resource availability combination is used to indicate the availability of symbols and the availability of frequency domain resources.
  • the first resource availability combination may contain one or more elements, each element corresponding to a time unit.
  • the elements in the first resource availability combination are used to indicate the availability of symbols in one time unit and the availability of frequency domain resources; one element corresponds to at least one availability pattern.
  • each element in the first resource availability combination corresponds to at least one availability pattern, and is used to indicate the availability of symbols in the corresponding time unit and the availability of frequency domain resources.
  • the availability pattern is configured or predefined to indicate availability of symbols in a time unit and availability of frequency domain resources according to at least one of the following: symbol attribute, symbol direction, time domain resource type.
  • indicating the availability of symbols in time units and the availability of frequency domain resources includes:
  • For the soft symbols included in the time unit indicate the availability of the soft symbols and the availability of the frequency domain resources corresponding to the soft symbols; for the hard symbols included in the time unit, indicate the availability of the frequency domain resources corresponding to the hard symbols .
  • the resource availability combination includes a first resource availability combination for indicating availability of time-frequency resources in at least one time unit.
  • the first resource availability combination is used to indicate the availability of time-frequency resources in at least one time unit.
  • the first resource availability combination may contain one or more elements, each element corresponding to a time unit.
  • an element in the first resource availability combination is used to indicate the availability of time-frequency resources in a corresponding time unit; the element corresponds to at least one availability pattern.
  • each element in the first resource availability combination corresponds to at least one availability pattern, and is used to indicate the availability of time-frequency resources within a corresponding time unit.
  • the availability pattern is configured or predefined to indicate the availability of time-frequency resources in a time unit according to one of the following:
  • the availability of time-frequency resources is indicated by the bit value of the bitmap corresponding to the time-frequency resource unit, wherein a time-frequency resource unit includes a symbol group in the time domain and a frequency domain unit in the frequency domain, and a symbol group includes the following One: a symbol of a direction, a symbol of an attribute, a symbol of a time-domain resource type, for example, the bitmap corresponding to the time-frequency resource unit includes 8 bits, and each bit value is used to indicate a symbol of a direction and the availability of a time-frequency resource unit formed by a frequency domain unit; the availability of the symbol group is indicated by the bit value of the first bitmap corresponding to the symbol group, and the bit value of the second bitmap corresponding to the frequency domain unit Indicates the availability of the frequency domain unit, where both the symbol group and the frequency domain unit are indicated as available, then the time-frequency resources corresponding to the symbol group and the frequency domain unit are available, and the symbol group and the frequency domain unit are not indicated as available, then The time-frequency resources
  • the first bitmap includes 8 bits, which are respectively used to indicate the availability of the 8 symbol groups
  • the second bitmap includes 8 bits. , respectively used to indicate the availability of 8 frequency domain units, for the time-frequency resource unit formed by the first symbol group and the first frequency domain unit, if the first bit value and the second bit value in the first bit map The first bit value in the figure indicates that it is available, then the time-frequency resource unit is available, otherwise it is unavailable or not indicated.
  • the method for determining the symbol group includes one of the following:
  • Downlink symbols form a symbol group, flexible symbols form a symbol group, and uplink symbols form a symbol group; hard symbols form a symbol group, soft symbols form a symbol group, unavailable symbols form a symbol group; hard symbols form a symbol group, Soft symbols form a symbol group; except for unavailable symbols, each of the six time-domain resource types forms a symbol group; soft downlink symbols form a symbol group, soft flexible symbols form a symbol group, and soft uplink symbols form a symbol group.
  • the availability pattern belongs to a set of availability patterns, and the set of availability patterns is included in the resource configuration information or predefined.
  • the set of availability patterns satisfies one of the following:
  • One DU corresponds to one availability pattern set; one cell or carrier of DU corresponds to one availability pattern set; for one beam or beam group of MT, one DU corresponds to one availability pattern set; for one beam or beam group of MT, one cell of DU Or the carrier corresponds to a set of availability patterns.
  • the combination index includes a first index corresponding to the first resource availability combination; in the case where the cell of the DU is configured with a supplementary uplink carrier, the first index indicated by the second signaling corresponds to the cell carrier and the cell carrier respectively.
  • the first resource availability combination of the supplementary uplink carrier; or, the first index indicated by the second signaling corresponds to a first resource availability combination, and the cell carrier and the supplementary uplink carrier respectively correspond to different ones in the first resource availability combination element.
  • the first index indicates two first resource availability combinations, which are respectively used to indicate the resource availability of the cell carrier and the supplementary uplink carrier.
  • some elements in the first resource availability combination indicated by the first index are used to indicate the resource availability of the cell carrier, and another part of the elements are used to indicate the resource availability of the supplementary uplink carrier.
  • the combination index includes a first index corresponding to the first resource availability combination; for a frequency division duplexing (Frequency Division Duplexing, FDD) cell of a DU, the first index indicated by the second signaling corresponds to The first resource availability combination of the uplink carrier and the downlink carrier; or, the first index indicated by the second signaling corresponds to a first resource availability combination, and the uplink carrier and the downlink carrier respectively correspond to the first resource availability combination in the first resource availability combination.
  • FDD Frequency Division Duplexing
  • the first index indicates two first resource availability combinations, which are respectively used to indicate the resource availability of the uplink carrier and the downlink carrier.
  • some elements in the first resource availability combination indicated by the first index are used to indicate the resource availability of the uplink carrier, and another part of the elements are used to indicate the resource availability of the downlink carrier.
  • the resource configuration information further includes at least one of the following information: the size of the second signaling payload, the Radio Network Temporary Identity (RNTI) indicated by the availability in the frequency domain, the search space for monitoring the PDCCH Set, the position of the first index corresponding to the first resource availability combination in the second signaling, the first reference subcarrier spacing, the DU identifier, the cell identifier of the DU, the MT identifier, the cell identifier of the MT, the beam of the MT, the identifier of the MT The beam group, the beam identifier of the MT, the beam group identifier of the MT, the time interval for the second signaling to take effect, and the number of time units for the second signaling to take effect.
  • RNTI Radio Network Temporary Identity
  • the first resource availability combination satisfies one of the following:
  • the second signaling further includes at least one of the following: MT identifier, MT beam identifier, MT beam group identifier, DU identifier, DU cell identifier, DU carrier identifier, and the second signaling starts. Effective time interval, the number of time units for which the second signaling takes effect.
  • the first index corresponding to the first resource availability combination in the second signaling is used to indicate the availability of frequency domain resources in at least one time unit starting from one of the following time slots: the same as the MT that detected the second signaling.
  • the earliest DU timeslot that intersects the timeslots is the earliest DU timeslot that is separated by Ya DU timeslots from the MT timeslot in which the second signaling is detected, where Ya is an integer greater than or equal to 0.
  • the first index corresponding to the first resource availability combination in the second signaling is used to indicate the availability of symbols and the availability of frequency domain resources in at least one time unit starting from one of the following time slots:
  • the earliest DU timeslot that intersects the MT timeslots of the two signaling is the earliest DU timeslot that is separated by Yb DU timeslots from the MT timeslot in which the second signaling is detected, where Yb is greater than or equal to An integer of 0.
  • the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the resource configuration information is one of the following: the first reference subcarrier spacing, the subcarrier spacing indicating soft symbol availability, and the subcarrier spacing provided by the DU resource configuration.
  • the method further includes:
  • Step 130 Monitor the PDCCH indicating availability in at least one of the following search spaces: public search space, dedicated search space.
  • the method further includes: Step 100: Acquire frequency domain resource configuration information
  • the frequency domain resource configuration information includes at least one of the following: frequency domain unit configuration information, attribute configuration information of the frequency domain unit, and frequency domain unit configuration whose availability is to be determined; wherein the frequency domain unit configuration information includes at least one of the following parameters One: the size of the frequency domain unit, the number of frequency domain units, the starting position of the frequency domain unit, the frequency domain unit RIV, the frequency domain unit identifier, the subcarrier interval corresponding to the frequency domain unit; the attribute configuration information includes at least one of the following: hard, Soft and unavailable.
  • the method further includes: Step 102: Determine a frequency domain unit corresponding to a carrier according to predefined information; the predefined information includes one of the following: frequency domain unit size, frequency domain unit number, frequency domain unit size and The relationship between the size of the carrier, the number of frequency domain units and the size of the carrier.
  • step 102 includes:
  • the size of the frequency domain unit is determined according to the size of the carrier and its relationship with the size of the frequency domain unit, and then the frequency domain unit corresponding to the carrier is determined;
  • the definition information includes the relationship between the number of frequency-domain units and the size of the carrier, the number of frequency-domain units is determined according to the size of the carrier and its relationship with the number of frequency-domain units, and then the frequency-domain unit corresponding to the carrier is determined.
  • the network side also provides configuration indication information.
  • the predefined information includes multiple sets of the relationship between the size of the frequency domain unit and the size of the carrier.
  • the network side also provides configuration indication information. According to the configuration indication information, it can be determined which set of the configuration of the number of frequency domain units and the size of the carrier to be used, and the corresponding configuration of the carrier can be determined. frequency domain unit.
  • the first resource availability combination is used to indicate the availability of at least one of the following frequency domain resources: frequency domain unit, the attribute is a soft frequency domain unit, a set of configured frequency domain units, the attribute is a soft symbol The corresponding frequency domain unit, the attribute is the frequency domain unit corresponding to the symbol whose attribute is soft and is not explicitly indicated as available, the frequency domain unit corresponding to the symbol whose attribute is soft and is explicitly indicated as available, and the frequency domain unit whose availability is pending.
  • the method further includes: Step 104: Determine or pre-define the frequency domain unit attribute by at least one of the following methods:
  • each initial frequency-domain unit and the number of frequency-domain units corresponds to a frequency-domain unit attribute; each RIV corresponds to a frequency-domain unit attribute; the two attributes of the frequency-domain unit are determined by the bitmap, the The two attributes are any two of hard, soft and unavailable; the three attributes of the frequency domain unit are determined by at least two bitmaps.
  • step 120 includes: determining the availability of time-frequency resources in a time unit in one of the following ways:
  • the time-frequency resources corresponding to the symbol and the frequency domain unit are available, and when at least one of the symbol and the frequency domain unit is unavailable, the Time-frequency resources are unavailable, and other time-frequency resources are available when the set conditions are met; when at least one of the symbol and frequency domain units is available and the other is not unavailable, The time-frequency resource corresponding to the symbol and the frequency domain unit is available. In the case that at least one of the symbol and the frequency domain unit is unavailable, the time-frequency resource corresponding to the symbol and the frequency domain unit is unavailable.
  • the frequency resource is available when the set conditions are met; when the symbol is available and the frequency domain unit is not unavailable, the time-frequency resource corresponding to the symbol and the frequency domain unit is available.
  • the time-frequency resource corresponding to the symbol and the frequency-domain unit is unavailable, and the other time-frequency resources are available when the set conditions are met; when the frequency-domain unit is available And if the symbol is not unavailable, the time-frequency resource corresponding to the symbol and the frequency domain unit is available, and if at least one of the symbol and the frequency domain unit is unavailable, the time-frequency resource corresponding to the symbol and the frequency domain unit is available. is unavailable, other time-frequency resources are available when the set conditions are met; when both the symbol and the frequency domain unit are available, the time-frequency resources corresponding to the symbol and the frequency domain unit are available.
  • the time-frequency resource corresponding to the symbol and the frequency domain unit is unavailable, and other time-frequency resources are available when the set conditions are met;
  • the time-frequency resource corresponding to the symbol and the frequency domain unit is available, and when the symbol is unavailable, the time-frequency resource corresponding to the symbol and the frequency domain unit The resource is unavailable, and other time-frequency resources are available when the set conditions are met; when the symbol is available, the time-frequency resource corresponding to the symbol and the frequency domain unit is available.
  • the time-frequency resources corresponding to the symbol and the frequency domain unit are not available, and other time-frequency resources are available if the set conditions are met; if the frequency domain unit is available and the symbol is not available. In the case of unavailable, the time-frequency resource corresponding to the symbol and the frequency domain unit is available. In the case of the symbol being unavailable, the time-frequency resource corresponding to the symbol and the frequency domain unit is unavailable. Frequency resources are available when the set conditions are met.
  • the resource availability combination includes a second resource availability combination, and the second resource availability combination is used to indicate at least one of the following: availability of beams of the MT in at least one time unit, DU in at least one time unit availability of beams.
  • the IAB node can determine the availability of airspace resources in at least one time unit according to the resource configuration information sent by the network side, and the second resource availability combination in the first signaling is mainly used to indicate or determine the availability of airspace resources .
  • the elements in the second resource availability combination indicate at least one of the following: availability of beams of MTs in a corresponding time unit, availability of beams of DUs in a corresponding time unit; the elements correspond to at least one of the following: Beam or beam group.
  • the second resource availability combination is used to indicate the availability of airspace resources.
  • the second resource availability combination may contain one or more elements, each element corresponding to a time unit.
  • the beam is associated with one of the following: reference signal, SSB, SSB-related configuration, Transmission Configuration Indication (TCI) status, sounding reference signal, and sounding reference signal indication.
  • reference signal SSB
  • SSB-related configuration SSB-related configuration
  • TCI Transmission Configuration Indication
  • sounding reference signal sounding reference signal
  • sounding reference signal indication sounding reference signal indication
  • the resource configuration information further includes at least one of the following:
  • the first time interval is represented as Y1
  • the second signaling is in the MT time slot that is separated by Y1 time slots from the MT time slot in which the second signaling is detected.
  • the second time interval is represented as Y2
  • the second signaling begins to take effect at the earliest DU time slot that is separated by Y2 DU time slots from the MT time slot in which the second signaling is detected.
  • the time interval needs to be converted into the number of time slots Y1 and Y2.
  • the beam in which the signal or channel of the MT is configured is included in the beam indicated by the second signaling, or the beam in which the signal or channel of the MT is configured does not include the beam indicated by the second signaling .
  • the combination index includes a second index corresponding to the second resource availability combination; when a supplementary uplink carrier is configured in the cell of the MT or DU, the second index indicated by the second signaling corresponds to the second resource availability combination of the cell carrier and the supplementary uplink carrier; or, the second index indicated by the second signaling corresponds to a second resource availability combination, and the cell carrier and the supplementary uplink carrier respectively correspond to the second resource availability Different elements in a composition.
  • the second index indicates two second resource availability combinations, which are respectively used to indicate the resource availability of the cell carrier and the supplementary uplink carrier.
  • some elements in the second resource availability combination indicated by the second index are used to indicate the resource availability of the cell carrier, and another part of the elements are used to indicate the resource availability of the supplementary uplink carrier.
  • the combination index includes a second index corresponding to the second resource availability combination; for an MT or DU FDD cell, the second index indicated by the second signaling corresponds to the uplink carrier and the downlink carrier respectively.
  • the second resource availability combination; or, the second index indicated by the second signaling corresponds to a second resource availability combination, and the uplink carrier and the downlink carrier respectively correspond to different elements in the second resource availability combination.
  • the second index indicates two second resource availability combinations, which are respectively used to indicate the resource availability of the uplink carrier and the downlink carrier.
  • some elements in the second resource availability combination indicated by the second index are used to indicate the resource availability of the uplink carrier, and another part of the elements are used to indicate the resource availability of the downlink carrier.
  • the second index corresponding to the second resource availability combination in the second signaling is used to indicate the beam availability of the MT in at least one time unit starting from one of the following time slots: the MT that detected the second signaling
  • the time slot is the MT time slot separated by Y1 time slots from the MT time slot in which the second signaling is detected, and the earliest DU time slot that intersects the MT time slot in which the second signaling is detected, and is the same as the MT time slot in which the second signaling is detected.
  • Let the MT timeslot be separated from the earliest DU timeslot of Y2 DU timeslots, where Y1 and Y2 are integers greater than or equal to 0.
  • the second index corresponding to the second resource availability combination in the second signaling is used to indicate the beam availability of the DU in at least one time unit starting from one of the following time slots: the MT that detected the second signaling
  • the time slot is the MT time slot separated by Y1 time slots from the MT time slot in which the second signaling is detected, and the earliest DU time slot that intersects the MT time slot in which the second signaling is detected, and is the same as the MT time slot in which the second signaling is detected.
  • Let the MT timeslot be separated from the earliest DU timeslot of Y2 DU timeslots, where Y1 and Y2 are integers greater than or equal to 0.
  • the resource availability determination method is described below with an example.
  • example 1 and example 2 by extending DCI format 2_5 or adopting a new DCI format or adopting MAC CE, the availability of resources of the IAB node DU is indicated.
  • Each element in the availability combination indicates at least one availability pattern index, and one index corresponds to one availability pattern, indicating the availability of frequency domain resources.
  • Availability of frequency domain resources may be considered for beam indications for MTs.
  • the IAB node obtains resource configuration information from the network side (CU or the parent node of the IAB node or the serving cell of the IAB node MT), including the first signaling and the second signaling.
  • the first signaling provides at least one The first resource availability combination, and the correspondence between each first resource availability combination and the first index; the second signaling is used to indicate at least one first index.
  • the IAB node may determine the corresponding first resource availability combination according to the first index indicated by the second signaling, so as to determine the availability of the frequency domain resources in the corresponding time unit indicated by the first resource availability combination.
  • the second signaling includes one of the following: DCI, MAC CE.
  • each first combination of resource availability indicates the availability of frequency domain resources in at least one time unit of a cell or carrier of the IAB Node DU.
  • an element value in the first resource availability combination indicates an availability pattern of frequency domain resources in a time unit
  • the resource configuration information further includes a frequency domain resource availability pattern set, or a predefined frequency domain resource availability pattern set.
  • the IAB node obtains the frequency domain resource configuration information of the IAB node DU from the network side (CU or the parent node of the IAB node or the serving cell of the IAB node MT).
  • the frequency domain resource configuration information includes at least one of the following: frequency domain unit configuration information, attribute configuration information of the frequency domain unit, and frequency domain unit configuration information whose availability is to be determined.
  • the frequency domain unit configuration information includes at least one of the following parameters: frequency domain unit size, frequency domain unit number, frequency domain unit start position, frequency domain unit RIV, frequency domain unit identifier, frequency domain unit corresponding subcarrier spacing.
  • one frequency domain unit RIV corresponds to one frequency domain unit, and the starting position of the frequency domain unit and the size of the frequency domain unit can be determined according to the RIV.
  • one frequency domain unit RIV corresponds to one starting frequency domain unit and the number of consecutive frequency domain units, that is, one frequency domain unit RIV corresponds to at least one continuous frequency domain unit starting from the starting frequency domain unit.
  • the frequency domain resource configuration information includes at least one set of frequency domain unit configuration information.
  • the properties of the frequency domain unit include at least one of the following: hard, soft, and unavailable.
  • the configuration information of the frequency domain unit whose availability is pending is used to indicate the frequency domain unit whose availability is pending.
  • the IAB node DU considers the frequency domain unit to be available if the frequency domain unit whose availability is pending is satisfied. For example, the parent node explicitly indicates through signaling that the frequency domain unit can be used, or the IAB node DU implicitly determines that the DU can use the frequency domain unit, or the IAB node DU determines that the IAB node MT does not use the frequency domain unit.
  • the IAB node if the IAB node is not provided with the attribute configuration of the frequency domain unit, the IAB node assumes that the attribute of the frequency domain unit corresponding to the Hard symbol and the Soft symbol explicitly indicated as available is hard, and there is no explicit indication as The attribute of the frequency domain unit corresponding to the available Soft symbol is soft.
  • the IAB node if the IAB node is not provided with the attribute configuration of the frequency domain unit, the IAB node assumes that the attribute of the frequency domain unit corresponding to the Hard symbol and the Soft symbol is one of the following: hard, soft.
  • the IAB node if the IAB node is not provided with the attribute configuration of the frequency domain element, the IAB node assumes that the attribute of the frequency domain element corresponding to the unavailable symbol is unavailable.
  • the IAB node determines a frequency domain unit whose availability is pending for a carrier according to a predefined manner.
  • the frequency domain unit of the predetermined characteristic is the frequency domain unit whose availability is pending.
  • the IAB node determines a frequency domain unit corresponding to a carrier according to a predefined manner.
  • the predefined information includes one of the following: the size of the frequency domain unit, the number of frequency domain units, the relationship between the frequency domain unit size and the carrier size, and the relationship between the frequency domain unit number and the carrier size.
  • the IAB node determines the size of the frequency-domain unit according to a predefined relationship between the size of the frequency-domain unit and the size of the carrier, and the size of the carrier.
  • the IAB node determines the number of frequency-domain units according to a predefined relationship between the number of frequency-domain units and the size of the carrier, and the size of the carrier.
  • a plurality of configurations of the relationship between the size of the frequency domain unit and the size of the carrier are predefined, and the IAB node determines the size of the frequency domain unit according to the size of the carrier and the configuration indication information.
  • the configuration indication information is used to indicate which predefined configuration to use. For example, configuration 1 is: when the carrier size is 1 to Z1 resource blocks (Resource Block, RB), the frequency domain unit size is X1; the carrier size is greater than Z1 When RBs are used, the size of the frequency domain unit is X2 RBs.
  • Configuration 2 is: when the carrier size is 1 to Z1' RBs, the frequency domain unit size is X1'; when the carrier size is greater than Z1' RBs, the frequency domain unit size is X2' RBs, and the configuration indication information indicates whether configuration 1 or configuration 1 is used. Configuration 2, then the size of the frequency domain unit can be determined according to the carrier size and the indicated configuration, and the configuration indication information is provided by the network side.
  • Z1, X1, X2, Z1', X1', X2' are integers greater than 0.
  • multiple configurations of the relationship between the number of frequency domain units and the carrier size are predefined, and the IAB node determines the number of frequency domain units according to the carrier size and the configuration indication information.
  • the configuration indication information is used to indicate which predefined configuration is adopted, and the configuration indication information is provided by the network side.
  • the method for determining the frequency domain unit corresponding to a carrier is given below.
  • one of the following methods can be used for implementation:
  • N FU ceil((N size +(N start mod P)) /P), where the size of the first frequency domain unit is If (N start +N size )mod P>0, the size of the last frequency domain cell is Otherwise, the size of the last frequency domain cell is P; the remaining frequency domain cells are of size P.
  • N FU ceil(N size /P)
  • N size mod P the size of the remaining frequency domain units
  • the frequency domain unit n is P resource blocks starting from resource block Offset+P*n.
  • Offset is the resource block number corresponding to the starting position of the frequency domain unit 0, or the number of resource blocks offset from the starting position of the frequency domain unit 0 relative to the reference point A or the lower boundary of the carrier.
  • the Offset may be provided by the network side or predefined.
  • Frequency domain unit n is P n resource blocks starting from resource block Sn .
  • n is a non-negative integer
  • S n is the resource block number corresponding to the starting position of the frequency domain unit n, or the number of resource blocks offset from the starting position of the frequency domain unit n relative to the reference point A or the lower boundary of the carrier
  • P n is the unit size in the frequency domain.
  • the RIV value may be provided by the network side, Sn and Pn may be determined according to the RIV value, or Sn and Pn may be directly provided by the network side.
  • Method 5 For a carrier with a size of N size resource blocks, divide it into M equal parts, and each part is a frequency domain unit. IAB nodes do not expect N size /M to be non-integer.
  • mod is the modulo (or remainder) operation
  • ceil() represents the round-up operation
  • P is the frequency domain unit size configured or determined according to a predefined method
  • M is the frequency domain unit size configured or determined according to a predefined method The number of domain units.
  • the resource block numbering starts from reference point A or the lower boundary of the carrier, that is, subcarrier 0 of resource block 0 corresponds to reference point A or the lower boundary of the carrier, or corresponds to subcarrier 0 of resource block 0 of the carrier.
  • the above methods are only examples and do not exclude other methods.
  • the availability pattern is used to indicate the availability of at least one of the following resources: a frequency domain unit, configured as a soft frequency domain unit, a set of configured frequency domain units, configured as a soft symbol corresponding to The frequency domain unit of the frequency domain unit is configured as a soft and not explicitly indicated as a frequency domain unit corresponding to an available symbol .
  • the frequency domain unit is a frequency domain unit corresponding to at least one of the following: carrier, BWP.
  • the availability pattern is configured or predefined in at least one of the following ways:
  • RIV Resource Indicator Value
  • one RIV corresponds to one starting frequency domain unit and the number of consecutive frequency domain units, and at least one continuous frequency domain unit starting from the starting frequency domain unit can be determined according to the RIV;
  • Bitmap (Bitmap) corresponding to the frequency domain unit use a bit value to indicate the availability of the frequency domain unit, for example, a bit value of 1 indicates that the frequency domain unit is available, and a bit value of 0 indicates that the frequency domain unit is unavailable or does not indicate the availability of the frequency domain unit;
  • the availability pattern indicates the availability of frequency domain cells by frequency domain cell index or index group.
  • Table 1 is a mapping relationship table between the values of the elements of a first resource availability combination (when the combined elements correspond to multiple availability pattern indices, the values of the elements in the combined elements) and the availability patterns. All availability patterns in Table 1 constitute an availability pattern set.
  • the corresponding availability pattern is: the frequency domain units x0, x1, x2, and x3 are indicated as available, and the availability of other frequency domain units is not indicated or other frequency domain units are unavailable. use.
  • the availability pattern is indicated by a Bitmap corresponding to the frequency domain unit.
  • Table 2 is a mapping relationship table between the values of the elements of another first resource availability combination (when the combined elements correspond to multiple availability pattern indices, the values of the elements in the combined elements) and the availability patterns. All availability patterns in Table 2 constitute an availability pattern set. As shown in Table 2, it is assumed that the Bitmap size is 8 bits, which correspond to 8 frequency domain units one-to-one. The index of the availability pattern is 1, a bit value of 1 in the corresponding Bitmap indicates that the corresponding frequency domain unit is indicated as available, and a bit value of 0 indicates that the availability of the corresponding frequency domain unit is not indicated or the corresponding frequency domain unit is unavailable.
  • the Bitmap size is N, but only N1 frequency domain units (N1 is less than N) need to indicate availability, that is, the Bitmap size is greater than the indicated number of frequency domain units, then ignore the N-N1 bits in the Bitmap, for example, ignore the first bits in the Bitmap N-N1 bits, or last N-N1 bits, N-N1 bits in a specific position; or use the first N1 bits (or last N1 bits) of the Bitmap to indicate the availability of N1 frequency domain units, ignoring other bit values; or configure Or predefine multiple availability pattern sets with different Bitmap sizes (for example, configure or predefine an availability pattern set with a Bitmap size of 8 bits as shown in Table 2, and then configure or predefine a Bitmap less than 8 bits to represent the availability pattern set); or allow a different Bitmap size for each availability pattern in a configured or predefined availability pattern set.
  • At least one availability pattern set is configured for the IAB Node DU.
  • all cells or carriers of the IAB Node DU share the availability pattern set.
  • At least one set of availability patterns is configured for one cell or carrier of the IAB Node DU.
  • At least one availability pattern set is configured for one cell or carrier of the IAB node DU.
  • the predetermined feature includes at least one of the following: the frequency domain unit index is an even number, the frequency domain unit index is an odd number, the frequency domain unit index is calculated according to a predetermined formula and then takes a specific value, and the frequency domain unit index is calculated according to the predetermined formula, Frequency domain units with specific properties, all frequency domain units. For example, frequency domain elements of predetermined characteristics are available, frequency domain elements of non-predetermined characteristics are unavailable or do not indicate the availability of frequency domain elements of non-predetermined characteristics.
  • the frequency domain unit is one of the following: resource block, subcarrier, resource block group, subcarrier group, precoding resource block group (Precoding Resource Block Group, PRG), BWP.
  • the overlapping frequency-domain resources are available.
  • one availability pattern corresponds to one availability pattern index.
  • the availability includes at least one of: available, unavailable, not indicating availability.
  • the number of bits included in the Bitmap is one of the following: a pre-defined or configured value, the number of frequency-domain units with predetermined features, the number of frequency-domain units with predetermined attributes, and the number of frequency-domain units configured as soft The number of frequency domain units included in the set of configured frequency domain units.
  • the number of bits included in the Bitmap is greater than or equal to one of the following: the number of frequency domain units of the predetermined feature X, the number of frequency domain units of the predetermined attribute, the number of frequency domain units configured as soft X, the The number X of frequency domain units included in the set of configured frequency domain units.
  • the availability of frequency domain units is indicated using X bits of predetermined characteristics in the Bitmap, eg X bits starting with the least significant bit of the Bitmap, or X bits ending with the most significant bit of the Bitmap.
  • the first combination of resource availability indicates the availability of frequency domain resources in at least one time unit.
  • one first resource availability combination corresponds to one first resource availability combination index.
  • each element in the first resource availability combination indicates the availability of frequency domain resources in a time unit
  • each element value in the first resource availability combination corresponds to an availability pattern index
  • the availability pattern index corresponds to The availability pattern is applied to the frequency domain resource corresponding to a time unit.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of resource configuration information provided by an embodiment.
  • the availability of frequency domain resources of two cells or carriers of the IAB node DU is indicated, and the availability combinations corresponding to combination indices 0 to N of the first resource availability combination constitute a first resource availability combination set, and the first resource availability combination Availability combinations corresponding to the combination indices 0 to M of the availability combinations constitute another first resource availability combination set, and the two first resource availability combination sets respectively correspond to two cells or carriers.
  • An indication index field in the DCI ie, the first index, which is a combination index of a first resource availability combination
  • the two cells or carriers of the IAB Node DU are respectively provided to indicate the location of the domain index in the DCI.
  • An element (valued as an index of an availability pattern) in the first resource availability combination indicates the availability of frequency domain resources in a time unit. For example, for the first cell, referring to the table on the left in FIG. 2 , the combination index of the first resource availability combination is 3, indicating that the indices of the availability patterns of frequency domain resources in 8 time units are: 1, 1, 6, 4, 2, 2, 1, 1. For each time unit, the availability of the corresponding frequency domain unit may be determined from the mapping relationship as shown in Table 2 or Table 3 according to its corresponding element of the first resource availability combination (that is, the index of the availability pattern).
  • each element in the first resource availability combination indicates the availability of frequency-domain resources in a time unit
  • each element value in the first resource availability combination corresponds to at least one availability pattern index
  • one availability pattern index applied to At least one of the following frequency domain resources corresponds to: a symbol of one direction of one time unit, a symbol of one attribute of one time unit, and a symbol of one type of time domain resource of one time unit.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of resource configuration information provided by another embodiment. As shown in FIG. 3 , for an availability pattern applied to a frequency domain resource corresponding to a symbol in one direction of a time unit, the availability combinations corresponding to the first resource availability combination indices 0 to N constitute a first resource availability combination set.
  • Each element value in a resource availability combination corresponds to three availability pattern indices, wherein the availability pattern corresponding to the first availability pattern index is applied to the frequency domain resource corresponding to the symbol (for example, the downlink symbol) in the first direction of the time unit, The availability pattern corresponding to the second availability pattern index is applied to the frequency domain resources corresponding to the symbols (eg flexible symbols) in the second direction of the time unit, and the availability pattern corresponding to the third availability pattern index is applied to the third direction of the time unit on the frequency domain resources corresponding to the symbols (eg, uplink symbols).
  • the symbols in the first direction, the symbols in the second direction and the symbols in the third direction are downlink, flexible and uplink symbols, respectively.
  • This embodiment is only an example, and other possibilities are not excluded.
  • the symbols in the first direction, the symbols in the second direction, and the symbols in the three directions are uplink, flexible, and downlink symbols, respectively, or uplink, flexible, and downlink symbols, respectively. other order.
  • the actual symbol directions corresponding to the symbols in the first direction, the symbols in the second direction, and the symbols in the three directions can also be determined according to the time sequence of the symbol directions in the time unit. If the sequence of the symbol directions in the time unit is downlink-flexible - Uplink, or Downlink-Flexible, or Flexible-Uplink, the symbols in the first direction, the symbols in the second direction, and the symbols in the third direction are downlink, flexible, and uplink symbols, respectively; if the order of the symbol directions in the time unit is Uplink-flexible-downlink, or uplink-flexible, or flexible-downlink, the symbols in the first direction, the symbols in the second direction, and the symbols in the third direction are uplink, flexible, and downlink symbols, respectively; if the time units are all downlink, All are uplink or all are flexible symbols, then the correspondence between three availability pattern indices and symbol directions is predefined.
  • a time unit that is all downlink symbols corresponds to the first availability pattern index corresponding to the time unit, and all are flexible symbols
  • the time unit corresponding to the time unit corresponds to the second availability pattern index corresponding to the time unit
  • the time unit that is all uplink symbols corresponds to the third availability pattern index corresponding to the time unit.
  • An indication index field in the DCI (valued as a combination index of a first resource availability combination) indicates the availability of frequency domain resources in at least one time unit.
  • An element in the first resource availability combination (valued as a set consisting of three availability pattern indices) indicates the availability of frequency domain resources corresponding to symbols in different directions in a time unit.
  • the combination index (ie, the first index) of the first resource availability combination indicated by the indication index field in the DCI is 3, that is, it indicates the availability of frequency domain resources in 3 time units.
  • the availability Pattern indices 1, 2 and 2 are respectively applied to the frequency domain resources corresponding to the symbols in the three directions in this time unit; for the second time unit, availability pattern indices 6, 4 and 2 are respectively applied to 3 of the time unit
  • availability pattern indices 2, 1 and 1 are respectively applied to the frequency domain resources corresponding to the symbols of the three directions in the time unit.
  • each element value in the first resource availability combination is applied to the frequency domain resources corresponding to the symbols in two directions of a time unit, for example, to the frequency domain resources corresponding to the downlink and uplink symbols.
  • Each element value of the lower availability combination corresponds to the indices of 2 availability patterns, wherein the availability pattern corresponding to the first availability pattern index is applied to the frequency domain resource corresponding to the symbol (for example, the downlink symbol) in the first direction of the time unit.
  • the availability patterns corresponding to the two availability pattern indices are applied to the frequency domain resources corresponding to the symbols in the second direction (eg, uplink symbols) of the time unit.
  • the symbols in the first direction and the symbols in the second direction are the downlink and uplink symbols, respectively.
  • the symbols in the first direction and the symbols in the second direction are uplink and downlink symbols respectively.
  • each element value in the first resource availability combination is applied to the frequency domain resource corresponding to the symbol of at least one attribute of one time unit, and may be applied to the frequency domain resource corresponding to the Hard and Soft symbols.
  • the example on the frequency domain resources corresponding to the symbols in the downlink and uplink directions of the time unit is similar.
  • each element value of the first resource availability combination corresponds to 2 availability pattern indexes, which are respectively applied to the Hard and Soft symbols of a time unit corresponding to on the frequency domain resources.
  • each element value of the availability combination corresponds to three availability pattern indexes, which are respectively applied to the frequency domain resources corresponding to the Hard, Soft and unavailable symbols of a time slot.
  • each element value in the first resource availability combination is applied to the frequency domain resource corresponding to the symbol of at least one time domain resource type in one time unit, and may be applied to seven time domain resource types or part of the time domain.
  • the number of applied time domain resource types is related to the number of availability pattern indices corresponding to each element value of the first resource availability combination, and the availability pattern corresponding to each element value of the first resource availability combination
  • the indexes are respectively applied to the seven time-domain resource types of a time slot or to the frequency-domain resources corresponding to some of the time-domain resource types.
  • the availability pattern index and the availability pattern may not be distinguished, and it may be understood that the two are equivalent and have a one-to-one correspondence, and both are used to indicate the availability of frequency domain resources within a time unit.
  • one element in the first resource availability combination corresponds to one availability pattern, and every K element (or every K availability pattern) is associated with a frequency domain resource corresponding to one of the following in a time unit: K directions , the symbols of K attributes, and the symbols of K time-domain resource types.
  • each element in the first resource availability combination indicates the availability of frequency domain resources in one time unit, and for some elements (referred to as the first type of elements) in the first resource availability combination, the value of each element can be Indicates multiple availability pattern indices, and multiple availability pattern indices are applied to the frequency domain resources corresponding to at least one of the following: symbols of multiple directions of one time unit, symbols of multiple attributes of one time unit, multiple symbols of one time unit.
  • a symbol of a time-domain resource type; for another part of the elements in the first resource availability combination (denoted as the second type of elements) each element value indicates an availability pattern index, and the availability pattern corresponding to the availability pattern index is applied to a time on the frequency domain resource corresponding to the unit.
  • each element in the first resource availability combination indicates the availability of frequency domain resources in at least one time unit.
  • different elements in the first resource availability combination are applied to frequency domain resources corresponding to at least one of the following: symbols of different directions, symbols of different attributes, and symbols of different types of time-domain resources.
  • the resource configuration information further includes the number of time units in which the first resource availability combination is applied.
  • each element in the first combination of resource availability indicates the availability of frequency domain resources in at least one time unit, and each element in the first combination of resource availability indicates an availability pattern index that applies to the following: On at least one of the corresponding frequency domain resources: a symbol of at least one direction, a symbol of at least one attribute, and a symbol of at least one type of time domain resource.
  • one first index indicated in the second signaling may correspond to two first resource availability combinations, one first resource The availability combination is used to indicate the availability of the frequency domain resources corresponding to the cell carrier (or Time Division Duplexing (TDD) carrier), and another first resource availability combination is used to indicate the availability of the frequency domain resources for the supplementary uplink carrier.
  • DCI or MAC CE may correspond to two first resource availability combinations, one first resource The availability combination is used to indicate the availability of the frequency domain resources corresponding to the cell carrier (or Time Division Duplexing (TDD) carrier), and another first resource availability combination is used to indicate the availability of the frequency domain resources for the supplementary uplink carrier.
  • a first index indicated in the second signaling may correspond to a first resource availability combination
  • the cell carrier (or TDD) carrier) and the supplementary uplink carrier respectively correspond to different elements in the first resource availability combination.
  • the reference subcarrier intervals of the availability indication corresponding to the IAB node DU cell carrier (or TDD carrier) and the supplementary uplink carrier are ⁇ and ⁇ SUL , respectively. If ⁇ SUL , then for each of the first resource availability combinations indicated by the first index in the DCI or MAC CE elements, before elements can be applied to the cell carrier, and the next element is applied to the supplementary uplink carrier; if ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ SUL , for each of the first resource availability combinations indicated by the first index in the DCI or MAC CE elements, the first element applies to the cell carrier, after elements should be used to supplement the uplink carrier.
  • one first index indicated in the second signaling may correspond to two first resource availability combinations, and the two first resource availability combinations correspond to Downlink and Uplink.
  • a first index indicated in the second signaling corresponds to a first resource availability combination
  • the downlink carrier and the uplink carrier respectively correspond to the first resource availability.
  • the (or TDD carrier) and the supplementary uplink carrier in the above example are replaced by the downlink carrier and the uplink carrier respectively, and the reference subcarrier interval of the availability indication is also corresponding Just replace it.
  • the (or TDD carrier) and the supplementary uplink carrier in the above example are replaced by the uplink carrier and the downlink carrier respectively, and the reference subcarrier interval of the availability indication is also replaced accordingly.
  • the resource configuration information further includes at least one of the following information: the size of the DCI payload, the RNTI indicated by the frequency domain availability, the search space set for monitoring the PDCCH, and the identifier of the first resource availability combination (ie, the first index) position in the DCI.
  • the resource configuration information includes the position of the first index in the DCI.
  • the availability indication of frequency domain resources and Soft symbol availability indication use the same DCI format and RNTI, and the indication index fields in different positions in the DCI respectively indicate the availability of Soft symbols and the availability of frequency domain resources.
  • the resource configuration information includes the position in the DCI of the RNTI indicated by the availability in the frequency domain and the combined index of the first resource availability.
  • the availability indication of frequency domain resources and the soft symbol availability indication use the same DCI format.
  • the IAB node uses the RNTI to distinguish whether the DCI provides the Soft symbol availability indication or the frequency domain resource availability indication, that is, the Soft symbol availability indication and the frequency domain availability indication correspond to different RNTIs.
  • the resource configuration information includes the DCI payload size, the position in the DCI of the RNTI indicated by the frequency domain availability and the first resource availability combination index.
  • the configuration related to the availability indication of frequency domain resources is completely independent of the configuration related to the soft symbol availability indication.
  • the value indicating the index field in the DCI indicates the availability of Soft symbols and the availability of frequency domain resources in at least one time unit. That is, the indication index field corresponds to a combination of soft symbol availability and a first resource availability combination, and the value of the indication index field indicates availability of soft symbols and availability of frequency domain resources in at least one time unit.
  • the soft symbol availability indication and the frequency domain resource availability indication use the same DCI format, RNTI, and the indication index field in the DCI, where the indication index field corresponds to one Soft symbol availability combination and one frequency domain resource availability combination.
  • the resource configuration information further includes the first reference subcarrier spacing.
  • the corresponding first reference subcarrier spacing of the cell or carrier of the IAB node DU is one of the following:
  • the subcarrier spacing in the configuration is the same; the same as the subcarrier spacing indicated by the soft symbol availability of the IAB node DU cell or carrier.
  • the first reference subcarrier spacing includes at least one of the following: a first subcarrier spacing, and a second subcarrier spacing.
  • the first subcarrier spacing is the reference subcarrier spacing indicated by the availability of the IAB Node DU cell.
  • the first subcarrier interval is the reference subcarrier interval indicated by the availability of the TDD carrier of the IAB node DU cell, and in the case where the IAB node DU cell is configured to supplement the uplink carrier, the second subcarrier interval is Reference subcarrier spacing indicated for availability of supplementary uplink carriers.
  • the first subcarrier spacing and the second subcarrier spacing are reference subcarrier spacings indicated by the availability of the DL carrier and the UL carrier of the IAB Node DU cell, respectively.
  • the resource configuration information includes at least one of the following information of at least one cell or carrier of at least one DU of the IAB node: a first resource availability combination set, a position of the first resource availability combination index in the DCI, The first reference subcarrier spacing.
  • the resource configuration information includes at least one of the following information for at least one beam or beam group of at least one serving cell of at least one MT of the IAB node, at least one cell or carrier of at least one DU of the IAB node: : the first resource availability combination set; the position of the frequency domain resource availability combination index in the DCI; the reference subcarrier interval of the availability indication.
  • the frequency domain resource availability configuration information includes at least one of the following information: a first resource availability combination set of at least one cell or carrier of at least one DU of the IAB node; at least one MT of at least one MT of the IAB node; At least one beam or beam group of a serving cell, the position in the DCI of the first resource availability combination index of at least one cell or carrier of at least one DU of the IAB node; at least one cell or carrier of at least one DU of the IAB node corresponds to The first reference subcarrier spacing.
  • the resource configuration information further includes at least one of the following information: MT identifier, MT beam identifier, MT beam group identifier, DU identifier, DU cell identifier, DU carrier identifier, indicating the start of signaling Effective time interval, the number of time units for which the second signaling takes effect.
  • the beam identifier is represented by at least one of the following information: a reference signal resource identifier, an SSB index, a transmission configuration indicator (Transmission Configuration Indicator, TCI) state identifier, a sounding reference signal (Sounding Reference Signal, SRS) Resource indication, index.
  • a reference signal resource identifier an SSB index
  • TCI Transmission Configuration Indicator
  • SRS Sounding Reference Signal
  • the beam or beam identifier is associated with one of: reference signal, SSB, SSB related configuration, TCI status, sounding reference signal, sounding reference signal indication.
  • the reference signal includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: CSI-RS, Channel State Information Interference Measurement Signal (CSI-IM), Phase-tracking Reference Signals (Phase-tracking reference signals, PTRS), Positioning Reference Signal (Positioning Reference Signal, PRS), SRS.
  • CSI-IM Channel State Information Interference Measurement Signal
  • PTRS Phase-tracking Reference Signals
  • PRS Positioning Reference Signal
  • the SSB-related configuration includes at least one of the following: an SSB index, an SSB frequency domain location, a subcarrier interval used by the SSB, and a half-frame location where the SSB is located.
  • the relationship between the SRS resource indication and the SRS resource is configured or predefined.
  • the availability of frequency domain resources of at least one time unit of a cell or a carrier of the IAB Node DU is indicated by second signaling (the second signaling is MAC CE).
  • the MAC CE includes at least one of the following elements: at least one IAB node MT identifier; at least one IAB node MT beam identifier, at least one IAB node MT beam group identifier; at least one IAB node DU identifier; at least one IAB node DU cell identifier, at least one carrier identifier of at least one IAB node DU; at least one first resource availability combination index, the first resource availability combination index indicates the availability of frequency domain resources in at least one time unit of the cell or carrier of the IAB node DU; the second The time interval when the signaling starts to take effect, and the number of time units for the second signaling to take effect.
  • the resource configuration information and the availability indication to the frequency domain resources are valid or invalid for the IAB node DU.
  • the starting time slot corresponding to the availability of frequency domain resources is: the IAB node DU time slot that intersects with the IAB node MT time slot where the DCI or the MAC CE is detected and which occurs earliest, or
  • the IAB node MT time slot of the DCI or MAC CE is separated by Y IAB node DU time slots and the earliest IAB node DU time slot, where Y is an integer greater than or equal to 0.
  • the first index indicated in the second signaling indicates to the IAB Node DU the availability of frequency domain resources in at least one time slot from the starting time slot.
  • Y is related to the time interval at which the second signaling starts to take effect. For example, if the granularity of the time interval is time slot, then Y is equal to the time interval. If the granularity of the time interval is not time slots, the time interval needs to be converted into the number of time slots Y.
  • the first reference subcarrier spacing is used as the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the time unit in the first resource availability indication.
  • the first reference subcarrier spacing is used as the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the frequency domain unit.
  • the first resource availability combination One element value indicates the availability pattern of frequency domain resources in N first time units, or indicates the availability pattern of frequency domain resources in one second time unit, where the first time unit is the time unit corresponding to the first reference subcarrier interval, and the first time unit is the time unit corresponding to the first reference subcarrier interval.
  • the two time units are the time units corresponding to the subcarrier spacing indicated by the Soft symbol availability, and N is the ratio of the first reference subcarrier spacing to the subcarrier spacing indicated by the Soft symbol availability.
  • the IAB node does not expect that the first reference subcarrier spacing corresponding to the cell or carrier of the IAB node DU is smaller than the subcarrier spacing indicated by the soft symbol availability of the cell or carrier of the IAB node DU.
  • the IAB node if the availability of frequency domain resources in one time unit is indicated by multiple DCIs or MAC CEs. Then the IAB node expects the same availability of frequency domain resources in the same time unit indicated by multiple DCIs or MAC CEs.
  • the availability of frequency domain resources only indicates the availability of frequency domain resources corresponding to Soft symbols.
  • the availability of frequency domain resources only indicates the availability of frequency domain resources corresponding to Hard symbols and Soft symbols.
  • the availability of frequency domain resources indicates the availability of frequency domain resources corresponding to symbols of all attributes.
  • the IAB node listens for the PDCCH indicating resource availability in at least one of the following search spaces: public search space; dedicated search space.
  • the IAB node does not expect to receive the DCI or MAC CE of multiple parent nodes indicating the availability of Soft symbols and/or the availability of frequency domain resources. .
  • the IAB node does not expect the Soft symbol availability and/or frequency domain resource availability indicated by the DCI or MAC CE of multiple parent nodes to be different.
  • Each element in the availability combination indicates at least one availability pattern index, and one index corresponds to one availability pattern, indicating the availability of time-frequency resources.
  • the IAB node obtains resource configuration information from the network side, including first signaling and second signaling.
  • the first signaling provides at least one first resource availability combination, and each first resource availability combination is associated with the first resource availability combination.
  • a corresponding relationship of an index; the second signaling is used to indicate at least one first index.
  • the IAB node may determine the corresponding first resource availability combination according to the first index indicated by the second signaling, so as to determine the availability of time-frequency resources in the corresponding time unit indicated by the first resource availability combination.
  • the second signaling includes one of the following: DCI, MAC CE.
  • a first resource availability combination is used to indicate the availability of Soft symbols and the availability of frequency domain resources in at least one time unit of the cell or carrier of the IAB Node DU.
  • the second signaling reuses DCI format 2_5, reuses all signaling and resource availability combinations of the existing time domain resource availability indication, and changes the meaning of the element values in the resource availability combination.
  • Domain resource availability and frequency domain resource availability Alternatively, a new second signaling is defined, and the first index indicated in the second signaling is used to indicate the availability of time-domain resources and the availability of frequency-domain resources.
  • the first index indicated in the second signaling indicates the availability of soft symbols and the availability of frequency domain resources in one or more time units of the cell or carrier of the IAB node DU, and the first index corresponding to the first index
  • Each element value in the resource availability combination indicates the availability of soft symbols and the availability of frequency domain resources for one time unit.
  • each element value in the first resource availability combination corresponding to the first index indicates Soft symbol availability and frequency domain resource availability for one time unit.
  • each element value indicates the availability of the frequency domain resource corresponding to the symbol, for example, indicates the availability of the frequency domain resource corresponding to the Hard symbol in each direction;
  • the element value Indicates the availability of the symbol and its corresponding frequency domain resources, for example, indicates the availability of Soft symbols in each direction, and the availability of frequency domain resources corresponding to the Soft symbols in each direction.
  • Table 3 is a mapping relationship table between elements of the first resource availability combination and time-frequency resource availability patterns. All availability patterns in Table 3 constitute an availability pattern set.
  • the time-domain resource types of a time unit include Hard DL, Soft F, and Soft UL.
  • the frequency domain resource corresponding to the symbol is indicated as available (the time domain symbol is Hard, of course Hard DL symbols are available).
  • the availability of Soft UL and Soft F symbols and their corresponding frequency domain resources is not indicated.
  • the availability of the frequency domain resource corresponding to the Hard DL symbol is not indicated (the time domain symbol is Hard, of course, the Hard DL symbol is available); Soft UL symbols and their corresponding frequency domain resources are indicated as available; Soft F symbols and their corresponding frequency domain resources are not indicated. And so on.
  • each element value in the first resource availability combination corresponding to the first index indicates Soft symbol availability and frequency domain resource availability for one time unit.
  • One element value indicates the availability of Soft symbols and their corresponding frequency domain resources. Availability is not indicated for Hard and Unavailable symbols in time units.
  • Table 4 is a mapping relationship table between elements of another first resource availability combination and time-frequency resource availability patterns. All availability patterns in Table 4 constitute an availability pattern set. As shown in Table 4, when the element value in the first resource availability combination (that is, the index of the availability pattern) is 1, the Soft symbols in the DL direction and their corresponding frequency domain resources are indicated as available, and there is no UL and The Soft symbols in the F direction and their corresponding frequency domain resources indicate availability. In the case where the element value in the first resource availability combination (ie, the index of the availability pattern) is 2, the Soft symbols in the UL direction and their corresponding frequency domain resources are indicated as available, and there are no Soft symbols and the corresponding frequency domain resources in the DL and F directions. The corresponding frequency domain resources are indicated for availability. And so on.
  • Table 4 Mapping relationship table between elements of the first resource availability combination and time-frequency resource availability patterns
  • the IAB node obtains the frequency domain resource configuration information of the IAB node DU from the network side (CU or the parent node of the IAB node or the serving cell of the IAB node MT).
  • the frequency domain resource configuration information includes at least one of the following: frequency domain unit configuration information, attribute configuration information of the frequency domain unit, and frequency domain unit configuration information whose availability is to be determined.
  • the frequency domain unit configuration information includes at least one of the following parameters: frequency domain unit size, frequency domain unit number, frequency domain unit start position, frequency domain unit RIV, frequency domain unit identifier, frequency domain unit corresponding subcarrier spacing.
  • the properties of the frequency domain unit include at least one of the following: hard, soft, and unavailable.
  • the IAB node determines a frequency domain unit corresponding to a carrier according to a predefined manner.
  • the predefined information includes one of the following: the size of the frequency domain unit, the number of frequency domain units, the relationship between the frequency domain unit size and the carrier size, and the relationship between the frequency domain unit number and the carrier size.
  • the IAB node determines the size of the frequency-domain unit according to a predefined relationship between the size of the frequency-domain unit and the size of the carrier, and the size of the carrier.
  • the IAB node determines the number of frequency-domain units according to a predefined relationship between the number of frequency-domain units and the size of the carrier, and the size of the carrier.
  • a plurality of configurations of the relationship between the size of the frequency domain unit and the size of the carrier are predefined, and the IAB node determines the size of the frequency domain unit according to the size of the carrier and the configuration indication information.
  • the configuration indication information is used to indicate which predefined configuration is adopted, and the configuration indication information is provided by the network side.
  • multiple sets of configurations of the relationship between the number of frequency domain units and the carrier size are predefined, and the IAB node determines the number of frequency domain units according to the carrier size and the configuration indication information.
  • the configuration indication information is used to indicate which predefined configuration is adopted, and the configuration indication information is provided by the network side.
  • the frequency domain resource is one of the following: a frequency domain unit determined according to a predefined manner, a carrier, and a BWP are configured as a soft frequency domain unit, and a set of configured frequency domain units is configured as a soft frequency domain unit.
  • the IAB node obtains indication information from the network side, where the indication information is used to indicate whether the element value in the resource availability combination only indicates the availability of time domain resources, or both indicates the availability of time domain resources and frequency domain resources. availability.
  • Example 3 A semi-static frequency domain resource configuration method is provided.
  • the network side (CU or the parent node of the IAB node or the serving cell of the IAB node MT) provides the IAB node with the frequency domain resource configuration information of the IAB node DU, which is used by the IAB node to determine the frequency domain unit configuration information and/or frequency domain of the IAB node DU.
  • the frequency domain resource configuration information includes at least one of the following: frequency domain unit configuration information; attribute configuration information of the frequency domain unit; and frequency domain unit configuration information whose availability is to be determined.
  • the frequency domain resource configuration information includes at least one of the following information of at least one cell or carrier of at least one DU of the IAB node: frequency domain unit configuration information; frequency domain unit attribute configuration information; availability to be determined; Frequency domain unit configuration information.
  • the frequency domain resource configuration information includes at least one of the following information of at least one symbol direction of at least one cell or carrier of at least one DU of the IAB node: frequency domain unit configuration information; frequency domain unit attribute configuration information; frequency domain cell configuration information for which availability is pending.
  • the frequency domain resource configuration information includes at least one of the following information of at least one symbol attribute of at least one cell or carrier of at least one DU of the IAB node: frequency domain unit configuration information; frequency domain unit attribute configuration information; frequency domain cell configuration information for which availability is pending.
  • the frequency domain resource configuration information includes at least one of the following information of at least one symbol time domain resource type of at least one cell of at least one DU of the IAB node or at least one symbol time domain resource type of a carrier: frequency domain unit configuration information; frequency domain unit Attribute configuration information; availability pending frequency domain unit configuration information.
  • the frequency domain unit configuration information includes at least one of the following parameters: frequency domain unit size; frequency domain unit number; frequency domain unit start position; frequency domain unit RIV; frequency domain unit identifier; frequency domain unit corresponding subcarrier spacing.
  • the frequency domain resource configuration information includes at least one set of frequency domain unit configuration information.
  • the frequency domain unit corresponding to the carrier is determined according to the frequency domain unit configuration information and the carrier parameter.
  • the carrier parameter includes at least one of the following: the offset of the starting position of the carrier relative to the reference point A; the bandwidth of the carrier; and the subcarrier spacing of the carrier.
  • the reference point A is a common reference point of the resource grid.
  • the frequency domain resource configuration information further includes a BWP configuration
  • the frequency domain unit corresponding to the BWP is determined according to the frequency domain unit configuration and the BWP configuration.
  • the BWP configuration includes at least one of the following: the offset of the starting position of the carrier relative to the reference point A, the offset of the starting position of the BWP relative to the starting position of the carrier, the offset of the starting position of the BWP relative to the reference point A, the bandwidth of the BWP , the subcarrier spacing of the BWP.
  • the reference point A is a common reference point of the resource grid.
  • the attribute of the frequency domain unit includes at least one of the following: hard (Hard), soft (Soft), and unavailable (Unavailable).
  • the properties of the frequency domain unit are configured in at least one of the following ways:
  • Bitmap indicates two attributes of the frequency domain unit, for example, the two values 0 and 1 of each bit of the Bitmap correspond to the two attributes respectively, and the two attributes can be hard, soft and non-volatile. Use any two of them; 4) Use at least 2 Bitmaps to indicate three attributes of the frequency domain unit, for example, use one Bitmap to indicate two attributes of the frequency domain unit, different bit values correspond to different attributes; use another Bitmap Indicates another attribute, and the corresponding relationship between the predefined bit value and the attribute. For another example, three Bitmaps are used to indicate three attributes, and the corresponding relationship between the bit value and the attribute is predefined; 5) Each frequency domain unit index or index group corresponds to one attribute.
  • the frequency domain units whose availability is pending are configured in one of the following ways:
  • Bitmap indicates the frequency domain unit whose availability is pending. For example, when the bit value is 1, the frequency domain unit corresponding to the bit is the frequency domain unit whose availability is pending; 4) indicates the frequency domain unit index whose availability is pending.
  • the availability of time-frequency resources corresponding to frequency-domain units that are not configured for availability pending depends on the availability of symbols.
  • the attributes of the frequency domain unit corresponding to the Hard symbol and the explicitly indicated as available Soft symbol are hard, and there is no explicitly indicated as available Soft symbol.
  • the attribute of the frequency domain cell corresponding to the symbol is soft.
  • the attribute of the frequency domain unit corresponding to the Hard symbol and the Soft symbol is one of the following: hard, soft.
  • the attribute configuration of the frequency domain unit is not provided for the IAB node, the attribute of the frequency domain unit corresponding to the unavailable symbol is unavailable.
  • the IAB Node DU considers the frequency domain unit available if the frequency domain unit is configured as hard.
  • the IAB node DU when the frequency domain unit is configured as soft, the IAB node DU considers the frequency domain unit to be available if the condition is met. For example, the parent node explicitly indicates through signaling that the frequency domain unit can be used, or the IAB node DU implicitly determines that the DU can use the frequency domain unit, or the IAB node DU determines that the IAB node MT does not use the frequency domain unit.
  • the IAB Node DU cannot use the frequency domain unit in case the frequency domain unit is configured to be unavailable.
  • the frequency domain unit is equivalent to being configured as hard.
  • the frequency domain resource configuration information includes the frequency domain resource configuration of at least one cell or carrier of at least one DU of the IAB node.
  • the frequency domain resource configuration information includes frequency domain resource configuration of at least one cell or carrier of at least one DU of the IAB node for at least one beam or beam group of at least one serving cell of at least one MT of the IAB node.
  • the frequency domain resource configuration information further includes at least one of the following information: MT identifier, MT beam identifier, MT beam group identifier, DU identifier, DU cell identifier, and DU carrier identifier.
  • the resource configuration information and/or the frequency domain resource configuration information are carried by at least one of the following signaling: F1 Application Protocol (F1 Application Protocol, F1-AP); control information; MAC CE; radio resource control (Radio Resource Control, RRC).
  • F1 Application Protocol F1 Application Protocol, F1-AP
  • control information F1 Application Protocol, F1-AP
  • MAC CE MAC CE
  • radio resource control Radio Resource Control, RRC
  • All the methods for determining the frequency domain unit corresponding to the carrier in the above-mentioned embodiments are also applicable to determining the frequency domain unit corresponding to the BWP, and it is only necessary to replace the carrier with the BWP.
  • All the methods for determining the attribute of the frequency domain element corresponding to the carrier in the above-mentioned embodiments are also applicable to determining the attribute of the frequency domain element corresponding to the BWP, and only need to replace the carrier with the BWP.
  • All the methods for indicating the availability of the frequency-domain unit of the carrier of the DU cell in the above-mentioned embodiments are also applicable to indicating the availability of the frequency-domain unit of the BWP of the DU cell, and only need to replace the carrier with the BWP.
  • Example 4 A method for judging the availability of time-frequency resources is provided.
  • the IAB node DU can judge the availability of time-frequency resources in one of the following ways.
  • Mode 1 When both the time-domain symbol and the frequency-domain unit are available, the time-frequency resources corresponding to the time-domain symbol and the frequency-domain unit are available; when at least one of the time-domain symbol and the frequency-domain unit is unavailable, Time-frequency resources corresponding to time-domain symbols and frequency-domain units are unavailable; other time-frequency resources except for the two cases in Mode 1 are available if the conditions are met.
  • Mode 2 When at least one of the time-domain symbols and frequency-domain units is available and the other is not available, the time-frequency resources corresponding to the time-domain symbols and frequency-domain units are available; the time-domain symbols and frequency-domain units are available; When at least one of them is unavailable, the time-frequency resource corresponding to the time-domain symbol and the frequency-domain unit is unavailable; other time-frequency resources except for the two cases in mode 2 are available if the conditions are met.
  • Mode 3 When the time-domain symbol is available and the frequency-domain unit is not unavailable, the time-domain symbol and the time-frequency resource corresponding to the frequency-domain unit are available, and at least one of the time-domain symbol and the frequency-domain unit is unavailable. In the case of , the time-frequency resources corresponding to the time-domain symbols and frequency-domain units are unavailable. Other time-frequency resources except the two cases in mode 3 are available if the conditions are met.
  • Mode 4 When the frequency domain unit is available and the time domain symbol is not unavailable, the time domain symbol and the time-frequency resource corresponding to the frequency domain unit are available, and at least one of the time domain symbol and the frequency domain unit is unavailable. In the case of , the time-frequency resources corresponding to the time-domain symbols and frequency-domain units are unavailable. Except for the two cases in Mode 4, other time-frequency resources are available if the conditions are met.
  • Mode 5 When both the time-domain symbols and the frequency-domain units are available, the time-frequency resources corresponding to the time-domain symbols and the frequency-domain units are available; when the time-domain symbols are unavailable, the time-domain symbols and the frequency-domain units The corresponding time-frequency resources are unavailable. Other time-frequency resources except the two cases in way 5 are available if the conditions are met.
  • Mode 6 When at least one of the time-domain symbol and the frequency-domain unit is available and the time-domain symbol is not unavailable, the time-frequency resource corresponding to the time-domain symbol and the frequency-domain unit is available; the time-domain symbol is unavailable In the case of , the time-frequency resources corresponding to the time-domain symbols and frequency-domain units are unavailable. Other time-frequency resources except the two cases in mode 6 are available if the conditions are met.
  • Mode 7 When the time-domain symbols are available, the time-frequency resources corresponding to the time-domain symbols and the frequency-domain units are available, and when the time-domain symbols are unavailable, the time-domain symbols and the time-frequency resources corresponding to the frequency-domain units are available. is not available. Other time-frequency resources except the two cases in way 7 are available if the conditions are met.
  • Mode 8 When the frequency domain unit is available and the time domain symbol is not unavailable, the time domain symbol and the time-frequency resource corresponding to the frequency domain unit are available, and when the time domain symbol is unavailable, the time domain symbol and Time-frequency resources corresponding to frequency domain units are unavailable. Other time-frequency resources except the two cases in way 8 are available if the conditions are met.
  • the time-domain symbol being available refers to at least one of the following: the time-domain symbol is configured as Hard, which is equivalent to being configured as Hard, and is explicitly indicated as available.
  • the time-domain symbol is unavailable means that the time-domain symbol is configured as unavailable, or is indicated as unavailable by DCII or MAC CE.
  • the frequency domain unit being available refers to at least one of the following: the frequency domain unit is configured as Hard, which is equivalent to being configured as Hard, and is explicitly indicated as available, and the frequency domain unit is not configured as availability pending .
  • the frequency domain unit is unavailable means that the frequency domain unit is configured as unavailable, or is indicated as unavailable by DCI or MAC CE or RRC signaling.
  • the time-frequency resource is available when a condition is met, and the condition meeting the condition includes at least one of the following: the IAB node DU implicitly determines that the time-frequency resource can be used, and the IAB node DU determines that the IAB node MT can use the time-frequency resource.
  • the time-frequency resources are not used.
  • the time-frequency resource is available when a condition is met, and the condition that meets the condition includes at least one of the following: the IAB node MT does not transmit or receive on the time-frequency resource, and the IAB node MT is in the The time-frequency resource is transmitted or received and its transmission or reception does not change due to the use of the time-frequency resource by the IAB Node DU.
  • the explicit indication includes indication through at least one of the following signaling: F1AP, RRC, DCI, MAC CE.
  • Each element in the availability combination indicates at least one availability pattern index, one index corresponds to one availability pattern, indicating the availability of airspace resources.
  • Each element in the second resource availability combination provides beam information that can be used by the MT and/or beam information that can be used by the DU.
  • the IAB node obtains resource configuration information from the network side (CU or the parent node of the IAB node or the serving cell of the IAB node MT), including the first signaling and the second signaling.
  • the first signaling provides at least one first signaling.
  • Two resource availability combinations, and the corresponding relationship between each second resource availability combination and the second index; the second signaling is used to indicate at least one second index.
  • the IAB node may determine the corresponding second resource availability combination according to the second index indicated by the second signaling, so as to determine the availability of the airspace resources in the corresponding time unit indicated by the second resource availability combination.
  • the second signaling includes one of the following: DCI, MAC CE.
  • the resource configuration information further includes at least one of the following: RNTI indicated by airspace availability, DCI payload size, search space set for monitoring PDCCH, serving cell identifier of MT, cell identifier of DU, second index (No. The identifier of the resource availability combination) in the DCI, the second reference subcarrier interval, the first time interval when the second signaling starts to take effect, the second time interval when the second signaling starts to take effect, and the BWP identifier.
  • the position of the second index in the DCI includes at least one of the following: the position of the second index corresponding to the MT in the DCI, the position of the second index corresponding to the DU in the DCI, the second index corresponding to the MT and the DU in the DCI in the location.
  • the second reference subcarrier spacing includes at least one of the following: reference subcarrier spacing corresponding to MT, reference subcarrier spacing corresponding to DU, and reference subcarrier spacing corresponding to MT and DU.
  • a MAC CE is used to indicate the beams that the IAB node can or cannot use.
  • the MAC CE includes at least one of the following elements: the serving cell identifier of the MT, the cell identifier of the DU, the index of the second resource availability combination, the time interval for the second resource availability combination to take effect, and the BWP identifier.
  • each element in the second resource availability combination indicates at least one of the following: a beam that the IAB node MT can use or cannot use in a time unit, and a beam that the IAB node DU can use or cannot use in a time unit .
  • each element in the second resource availability combination includes at least one beam.
  • each element in the second resource availability combination includes a plurality of beam groups, respectively corresponding to at least one of the following: a beam group of the IAB node MT, a transmit beam group of the IAB node MT, and a receive beam group of the IAB node MT , the beam group of the IAB node DU, the transmit beam group of the IAB node DU, and the receive beam group of the IAB node DU.
  • the configured beam of the signal or channel of the IAB node MT is included in the beam indicated by the second signaling, or the configured beam of the signal or channel of the IAB node MT cannot include the beam indicated by the second signaling.
  • the IAB node MT does not expect a collision of the beam in which the signal or channel is configured and the beam indicated in the second signaling at the same time.
  • the IAB node MT determines the beam used by the signal or channel according to a predetermined rule.
  • the predetermined rule includes determining the beam used by the signal or channel according to one of the following signaling: configuration signaling and second signaling detected earlier, configuration signaling and second signaling detected later signaling, configuration signaling, second signaling.
  • the beam used by the signal or channel of the IAB node MT is configured by at least one of the following signaling: RRC signaling, MAC CE, DCI.
  • a beam identifier is applied to each beam pair, and the beam identifier includes at least one of the following: a reference signal resource identifier, an SSB index, a TCI state identifier, an SRS resource indication, and an index.
  • the beam or beam identifier is associated with one of: reference signal, SSB, SSB related configuration, TCI status, sounding reference signal, sounding reference signal indication.
  • the reference signal includes, but is not limited to, at least one of the following: CSI-RS, CSI-IM, PTRS, PRS, and SRS.
  • the SSB-related configuration includes at least one of the following: an SSB index, an SSB frequency domain location, a subcarrier interval used by the SSB, and a half-frame location where the SSB is located.
  • the relationship between the SRS resource indication and the SRS resource is configured or predefined.
  • the SRS resource indication corresponds to at least one SRS resource.
  • a second index in the DCI or MAC CE corresponds to two second resource availability combinations, corresponding to the TDD carrier and the supplementary uplink carrier respectively.
  • a second index in the DCI or MAC CE corresponds to a second resource availability combination
  • the TDD carrier and the supplementary uplink carrier correspond to the second Different elements in a resource availability combination or different beams in one element.
  • one second index in the DCI or MAC CE corresponds to two second resource availability combinations, corresponding to the downlink carrier and the uplink carrier respectively.
  • a second index in the DCI or MAC CE corresponds to a second resource availability combination
  • the downlink carrier and the uplink carrier correspond to different elements in the second resource availability combination or Different beams in one element.
  • the starting time slot corresponding to the availability of airspace resources is:
  • the starting time slot corresponding to the availability of the airspace resources is: the IAB node MT time slot where DCI or MAC CE is detected, or, Y1 times away from the IAB node MT time slot where DCI or MAC CE is detected.
  • the IAB node MT time slot of the time slot or, the earliest IAB node DU time slot that intersects the IAB node MT time slot that detects downlink control information or MAC CE, or, and the IAB node that detects downlink control information or MAC CE.
  • the node MT time slot is separated from the earliest IAB node DU time slot of Y2 IAB node DU time slots, and Y1 and Y2 are integers greater than or equal to 0.
  • Y1 and Y2 are respectively related to the first time interval and the second time interval of the time interval in which the second signaling starts to take effect. For example, if the granularity of the time interval is a time slot, then Y1 and Y2 are respectively equal to the first time interval and the second time interval. If the granularity of the time interval is not time slots, the time interval needs to be converted into the number of time slots Y1 and Y2.
  • the IAB node listens for the PDCCH indicating the availability of airspace resources in at least one of the following search spaces: public search space, dedicated search space.
  • the IAB node is only an example, and the above solution is also applicable to other nodes, such as relay nodes, base stations and other wireless communication devices of any type.
  • the corresponding solution can be obtained by replacing the IAB node with the corresponding device. .
  • the bandwidth part BWP is a subset of contiguous common resource blocks of a specific subcarrier spacing.
  • the network side configures at least one BWP for the cell or carrier of the IAB node DU.
  • the configuration method of the BWP of the cell or carrier of the IAB node DU adopts the method of configuring the BWP for the UE.
  • the combination index corresponds to at least one of the following identifiers: a time domain resource availability combination index, a first resource availability combination index, and a second resource availability combination index.
  • a resource configuration method is also provided.
  • the resource availability in the time-frequency domain or the space domain can be flexibly and comprehensively indicated, so that the IAB node can flexibly and comprehensively indicate Based on this, the availability of resources is determined, and the interference between the parent link and the child link is reduced.
  • the operations performed by the network side and the IAB node may refer to any of the foregoing embodiments.
  • FIG. 4 is a flowchart of a resource configuration method provided by an embodiment. As shown in FIG. 4 , the method provided by this embodiment includes step 210 .
  • step 210 resource configuration information is sent, where the resource configuration information includes first signaling and second signaling, wherein the first signaling includes at least one resource availability combination, and one resource availability combination corresponds to one combination index,
  • the second signaling is used to indicate at least one combination index.
  • the resource configuration information may be used to determine at least one of the following: availability of frequency domain resources in at least one time unit; availability of symbols in at least one time unit and availability of frequency domain resources.
  • the resource availability combination includes a first resource availability combination for indicating availability of frequency domain resources in at least one time unit.
  • an element in the first resource availability combination is used to indicate availability of frequency domain resources in a corresponding time unit; the element corresponds to at least one availability pattern.
  • the elements in the first resource availability combination include at least one of a first type element, a second type element, and a third type element; the first type element corresponds to K1 availability patterns, K1
  • the availability patterns are associated with a frequency domain resource corresponding to one of the following in a time unit: symbols of K1 directions, symbols of K1 attributes, symbols of K1 types of time-domain resources;
  • the second type element corresponds to an availability pattern,
  • the availability pattern is associated with a frequency domain resource corresponding to a time unit;
  • the third type element corresponds to an availability pattern, and every K2 availability patterns is associated with a frequency domain resource corresponding to one of the following in a time unit: symbols in K2 directions , the symbols of K2 attributes, and the symbols of K2 time-domain resource types; wherein, K1 is an integer greater than 0, and K2 is an integer greater than 0.
  • K3 elements in the first resource availability combination correspond to K3 availability patterns
  • the K3 availability patterns are associated with frequency domain resources corresponding to one of the following in at least one time unit: symbol, the symbol of K3 attributes, and the symbol of K3 time-domain resource types, where K3 is an integer greater than 0.
  • the availability pattern is configured or predefined for at least one of the following:
  • the resource availability combination includes a first resource availability combination for indicating the availability of symbols in at least one time unit and the availability of frequency domain resources.
  • the elements in the first resource availability combination are used to indicate the availability of symbols in the corresponding time unit and the availability of frequency domain resources; the elements correspond to at least one availability pattern.
  • the availability pattern is configured or predefined to indicate availability of symbols in a time unit and availability of frequency domain resources according to at least one of the following: symbol attribute, symbol direction, time domain resource type.
  • indicating the availability of symbols in time units and the availability of frequency domain resources includes:
  • For the soft symbols included in the time unit indicate the availability of the soft symbols and the availability of the frequency domain resources corresponding to the soft symbols; for the hard symbols included in the time unit, indicate the availability of the frequency domain resources corresponding to the hard symbols .
  • the resource availability combination includes a first resource availability combination for indicating the availability of time-frequency resources in at least one time unit.
  • an element in the first resource availability combination is used to indicate the availability of time-frequency resources in a corresponding time unit; the element corresponds to at least one availability pattern.
  • the availability pattern is configured or predefined to indicate the availability of time-frequency resources in a time unit according to one of the following: indicating the time-frequency by bit values of the bitmap corresponding to the time-frequency resource unit; Availability of resources, wherein a time-frequency resource unit includes a symbol group in the time domain and a frequency domain unit in the frequency domain, and a symbol group includes one of the following: a symbol of a direction, a symbol of an attribute, a A symbol of the time domain resource type; the availability of the symbol group is indicated by the bit value of the first bitmap corresponding to the symbol group, and the availability of the frequency domain unit is indicated by the bit value of the second bitmap corresponding to the frequency domain unit, wherein, Both the symbol group and the frequency domain unit are indicated as available, then the time-frequency resources corresponding to the symbol group and the frequency domain unit are available, and if both the symbol group and the frequency domain unit are not indicated as available, then the The frequency resource is unavailable or the availability is not indicated.
  • the availability pattern belongs to a set of availability patterns, and the set of availability patterns is included in the resource configuration information or predefined.
  • the usability pattern set satisfies one of the following:
  • One distributed unit DU corresponds to one availability pattern set; one cell or carrier of DU corresponds to one availability pattern set; for one beam or beam group of mobile terminal function MT, one DU corresponds to one availability pattern set; for one beam or beam of MT Group, one cell or carrier of the DU corresponds to one availability pattern set.
  • the combination index includes a first index corresponding to a first resource availability combination
  • the first index indicated by the second signaling corresponds to the first resource availability combination of the cell carrier and the supplementary uplink carrier, respectively; or, the first index indicated by the second signaling
  • the first index corresponds to a first resource availability combination
  • the cell carrier and the supplementary uplink carrier respectively correspond to different elements in the first resource availability combination.
  • the combination index includes a first index corresponding to a first resource availability combination; for an FDD cell of a DU, the first index indicated by the second signaling corresponds to the first index of the uplink carrier and the downlink carrier respectively.
  • the resource configuration information further includes at least one of the following information: the size of the second signaling payload, the wireless network temporary identifier RNTI indicated by the availability in the frequency domain, the search space set for monitoring the physical downlink control channel PDCCH , the position of the first index corresponding to the first resource availability combination in the second signaling, the first reference subcarrier spacing, the DU identifier, the DU cell identifier, the MT identifier, the MT cell identifier, the MT beam, and the MT beam group, the beam identifier of the MT, the beam group identifier of the MT, the time interval for the second signaling to take effect, and the number of time units for the second signaling to take effect.
  • the first resource availability combination satisfies one of the following:
  • the second signaling further includes at least one of the following: MT identifier, MT beam identifier, MT beam group identifier, DU identifier, DU cell identifier, DU carrier identifier, second signaling Indicates the time interval during which the second signaling takes effect, and the number of time units for which the second signaling takes effect.
  • the first index corresponding to the first resource availability combination in the second signaling is used to indicate the availability of frequency domain resources in at least one time unit starting from one of the following time slots: the same as the detection of the second signaling.
  • the first index corresponding to the first resource availability combination in the second signaling is used to indicate the availability of symbols and the availability of frequency domain resources in at least one time unit starting from one of the following time slots:
  • the earliest DU timeslot that intersects the MT timeslots of the two signaling is the earliest DU timeslot that is separated by Yb DU timeslots from the MT timeslot in which the second signaling is detected, where Yb is greater than or equal to An integer of 0.
  • the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the resource configuration information is one of the following: the first reference subcarrier spacing, the subcarrier spacing indicating soft symbol availability, and the subcarrier spacing provided by the DU resource configuration.
  • the IAB node listens for the PDCCH indicating availability in at least one of the following search spaces: public search space, dedicated search space.
  • the method further includes:
  • Step 220 Send frequency domain resource configuration information;
  • the frequency domain resource configuration information includes at least one of the following: frequency domain unit configuration information, attribute configuration information of the frequency domain unit, and frequency domain unit configuration whose availability is to be determined;
  • the domain unit configuration information includes at least one of the following parameters: the size of the frequency domain unit, the number of the frequency domain unit, the starting position of the frequency domain unit, the frequency domain unit RIV, the frequency domain unit identifier, the subcarrier interval corresponding to the frequency domain unit; attribute
  • the configuration information includes at least one of the following: hard, soft, unavailable.
  • the IAB node also determines a frequency domain unit corresponding to a carrier according to predefined information; the predefined information includes one of the following: the size of the frequency domain unit, the number of frequency domain units, the difference between the frequency domain unit size and the carrier size. relationship, the relationship between the number of frequency domain cells and the size of the carrier.
  • the IAB node determines a frequency domain unit corresponding to a carrier according to predefined information, including:
  • the size of the frequency domain unit is determined according to the size of the carrier and its relationship with the size of the frequency domain unit, and then the frequency domain unit corresponding to the carrier is determined;
  • the definition information includes the relationship between the number of frequency-domain units and the size of the carrier, the number of frequency-domain units is determined according to the size of the carrier and its relationship with the number of frequency-domain units, and then the frequency-domain unit corresponding to the carrier is determined.
  • the first resource availability combination is used to indicate the availability of at least one of the following frequency domain resources: frequency domain unit, the attribute is a soft frequency domain unit, a set of configured frequency domain units, the attribute is a soft symbol The corresponding frequency domain unit, the attribute is the frequency domain unit corresponding to the symbol whose attribute is soft and is not explicitly indicated as available, the frequency domain unit corresponding to the symbol whose attribute is soft and is explicitly indicated as available, and the frequency domain unit whose availability is pending.
  • the method further includes: determining or pre-defining the attribute of the frequency domain unit in at least one of the following manners:
  • each initial frequency-domain unit and the number of frequency-domain units corresponds to a frequency-domain unit attribute; each RIV corresponds to a frequency-domain unit attribute; the two attributes of the frequency-domain unit are determined by the bitmap, the The two attributes are any two of hard, soft and unavailable; the three attributes of the frequency domain unit are determined by at least two bitmaps.
  • the IAB node may determine the availability of time-frequency resources in a time unit in one of the following ways according to the resource configuration information:
  • the time-frequency resources corresponding to the symbol and the frequency domain unit are available, and when at least one of the symbol and the frequency domain unit is unavailable, the Time-frequency resources are unavailable, and other time-frequency resources are available when the set conditions are met; when at least one of the symbol and frequency domain units is available and the other is not unavailable, The time-frequency resource corresponding to the symbol and the frequency domain unit is available. In the case that at least one of the symbol and the frequency domain unit is unavailable, the time-frequency resource corresponding to the symbol and the frequency domain unit is unavailable.
  • the frequency resource is available when the set conditions are met; when the symbol is available and the frequency domain unit is not unavailable, the time-frequency resource corresponding to the symbol and the frequency domain unit is available.
  • the time-frequency resource corresponding to the symbol and the frequency-domain unit is unavailable, and the other time-frequency resources are available when the set conditions are met; when the frequency-domain unit is available And if the symbol is not unavailable, the time-frequency resource corresponding to the symbol and the frequency domain unit is available, and if at least one of the symbol and the frequency domain unit is unavailable, the time-frequency resource corresponding to the symbol and the frequency domain unit is available. is unavailable, other time-frequency resources are available when the set conditions are met; when both the symbol and the frequency domain unit are available, the time-frequency resources corresponding to the symbol and the frequency domain unit are available.
  • the time-frequency resource corresponding to the symbol and the frequency domain unit is unavailable, and other time-frequency resources are available when the set conditions are met;
  • the time-frequency resource corresponding to the symbol and the frequency domain unit is available, and when the symbol is unavailable, the time-frequency resource corresponding to the symbol and the frequency domain unit The resource is unavailable, and other time-frequency resources are available when the set conditions are met; when the symbol is available, the time-frequency resource corresponding to the symbol and the frequency domain unit is available.
  • the time-frequency resources corresponding to the symbol and the frequency domain unit are not available, and other time-frequency resources are available if the set conditions are met; if the frequency domain unit is available and the symbol is not available. In the case of unavailable, the time-frequency resource corresponding to the symbol and the frequency domain unit is available. In the case of the symbol being unavailable, the time-frequency resource corresponding to the symbol and the frequency domain unit is unavailable. Frequency resources are available when the set conditions are met.
  • the resource availability combination includes a second resource availability combination, and the second resource availability combination is used to indicate at least one of the following: availability of beams of the MT in at least one time unit, DU in at least one time unit availability of beams.
  • the element in the second resource availability combination is used to indicate at least one of the following: the availability of the beam of the MT in the corresponding time unit, the availability of the beam of the DU in the corresponding time unit; the element corresponds to At least one beam or group of beams.
  • the beam is associated with one of: reference signal, synchronous broadcast channel block SSB, SSB related configuration, transmission configuration indication TCI status, sounding reference signal, sounding reference signal indication.
  • the resource configuration information further includes at least one of the following:
  • the beam in which the signal or channel of the MT is configured is included in the beam indicated by the second signaling, or the beam in which the signal or channel of the MT is configured does not include the beam indicated by the second signaling .
  • the combination index includes a second index corresponding to the second resource availability combination; when a supplementary uplink carrier is configured in the cell of the MT or DU, the second index indicated by the second signaling corresponds to the second resource availability combination of the cell carrier and the supplementary uplink carrier; or, the second index indicated by the second signaling corresponds to a second resource availability combination, and the cell carrier and the supplementary uplink carrier respectively correspond to the second resource availability Different elements in a composition.
  • the combination index includes a second index corresponding to the second resource availability combination; for an MT or DU FDD cell, the second index indicated by the second signaling corresponds to the uplink carrier and the downlink carrier respectively.
  • the second resource availability combination; or, the second index indicated by the second signaling corresponds to a second resource availability combination, and the uplink carrier and the downlink carrier respectively correspond to different elements in the second resource availability combination.
  • the second index corresponding to the second resource availability combination in the second signaling is used to indicate the availability of the beam of the MT in at least one time unit starting from one of the following time slots: the second signaling is detected The MT time slot in the MT time slot, the MT time slot separated by Y1 time slots from the MT time slot in which the second signaling is detected, and the earliest DU time slot that intersects the MT time slot in which the second signaling is detected.
  • the MT timeslots of the two signalings are separated from the earliest DU timeslot of Y2 DU timeslots, where Y1 and Y2 are integers greater than or equal to 0.
  • the second index corresponding to the second resource availability combination in the second signaling is used to indicate the beam availability of the DU in at least one time unit starting from one of the following time slots: the MT that detected the second signaling
  • the time slot is the MT time slot separated by Y1 time slots from the MT time slot in which the second signaling is detected, and the earliest DU time slot that intersects the MT time slot in which the second signaling is detected, and is the same as the MT time slot in which the second signaling is detected.
  • Let the MT timeslot be separated from the earliest DU timeslot of Y2 DU timeslots, where Y1 and Y2 are integers greater than or equal to 0.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for determining resource availability according to an embodiment.
  • the resource availability determination apparatus includes: an acquisition module 310 and an availability determination module 320 .
  • the obtaining module 310 is configured to obtain resource configuration information, where the resource configuration information includes first signaling and second signaling, wherein the first signaling includes at least one resource availability combination, and one resource availability combination corresponds to one combination index , the second signaling is used to indicate at least one combination index; the availability determination module 320 is configured to determine the availability of the resource according to the resource configuration information.
  • the device for determining resource availability in this embodiment indicates the resource availability combination and the combination index through the resource configuration information, and can flexibly and comprehensively indicate the resource availability in the frequency domain or the space domain.
  • the IAB node determines the resource availability accordingly, reducing the number of parent chains. interference between the channel and the sub-link.
  • determining the availability of resources according to the resource configuration information includes at least one of the following:
  • the availability of frequency domain resources in at least one time unit is determined according to the resource configuration information; the availability of symbols in at least one time unit and the availability of frequency domain resources are determined according to the resource configuration information.
  • the resource availability combination includes a first resource availability combination for indicating availability of frequency domain resources in at least one time unit.
  • an element in the first resource availability combination is used to indicate the availability of frequency domain resources in a corresponding time unit; the element corresponds to at least one availability pattern.
  • the elements in the first resource availability combination include at least one of elements of the first type, elements of the second type, and elements of the third type.
  • the first type of element corresponds to K1 availability patterns, and the K1 availability patterns are associated with a frequency domain resource corresponding to one of the following in a time unit: symbols of K1 directions, symbols of K1 attributes, symbols of K1 time-domain resource types, K1 is an integer greater than 0;
  • the second type element corresponds to an availability pattern, and the availability pattern is associated with a frequency domain resource corresponding to a time unit;
  • the third type element corresponds to an availability pattern, and each K2 availability pattern is associated with a time unit.
  • a frequency domain resource corresponding to one of the following: symbols of K2 directions, symbols of K2 attributes, symbols of K2 types of time domain resources, and K2 is an integer greater than 0.
  • K3 elements in the first resource availability combination correspond to K3 availability patterns
  • the K3 availability patterns are associated with frequency domain resources corresponding to one of the following in at least one time unit: symbols in K3 directions, Symbols of K3 attributes and symbols of K3 time-domain resource types, where K3 is an integer greater than 0.
  • the availability pattern is configured or predefined for at least one of the following:
  • the resource availability combination includes a first resource availability combination for indicating the availability of symbols in at least one time unit and the availability of frequency domain resources.
  • the elements in the first resource availability combination are used to indicate the availability of symbols in one time unit and the availability of frequency domain resources; one element corresponds to at least one availability pattern.
  • the availability pattern is configured or predefined to indicate availability of symbols in a time unit and availability of frequency domain resources according to at least one of the following: symbol attribute, symbol direction, time domain resource type.
  • indicating the availability of the symbols in the time unit and the availability of the frequency domain resources includes: for the soft symbols included in the time unit, indicating the availability of the soft symbols and the availability of the frequency domain resources corresponding to the soft symbols ; For the hard symbols included in the time unit, the availability of the frequency domain resources corresponding to the hard symbols is indicated.
  • the resource availability combination includes a first resource availability combination for indicating availability of time-frequency resources in at least one time unit.
  • an element in the first resource availability combination is used to indicate the availability of time-frequency resources in a corresponding time unit; the element corresponds to at least one availability pattern.
  • the availability pattern is configured or predefined to indicate the availability of time-frequency resources in a time unit according to one of the following:
  • the availability of time-frequency resources is indicated by the bit value of the bitmap corresponding to the time-frequency resource unit, wherein a time-frequency resource unit includes a symbol group in the time domain and a frequency domain unit in the frequency domain, and a symbol group includes the following One: a symbol of a direction, a symbol of an attribute, a symbol of a time-domain resource type; the availability of the symbol group is indicated by the bit value of the first bit map corresponding to the symbol group, and the availability of the symbol group is indicated by the bit value corresponding to the frequency domain unit.
  • the bit value of the second bitmap indicates the availability of the frequency domain unit, where both the symbol group and the frequency domain unit are indicated as available, then the time-frequency resources corresponding to the symbol group and the frequency domain unit are available, and the symbol group and the frequency domain unit are not available. are indicated as available, then the time-frequency resources corresponding to the symbol group and the frequency domain unit are unavailable or the availability is not indicated.
  • the availability pattern belongs to a set of availability patterns, and the set of availability patterns is included in the resource configuration information or predefined.
  • the availability pattern set satisfies one of the following:
  • One DU corresponds to one availability pattern set; one cell or carrier of DU corresponds to one availability pattern set; for one beam or beam group of MT, one DU corresponds to one availability pattern set; for one beam or beam group of MT, one cell of DU Or the carrier corresponds to a set of availability patterns.
  • the combination index includes a first index corresponding to the first resource availability combination; in the case that a supplementary uplink carrier is configured in a cell of the DU, the first index indicated by the second signaling corresponds to the cell respectively.
  • the first resource availability combination of the carrier and the supplementary uplink carrier; or, the first index indicated by the second signaling corresponds to a first resource availability combination, and the cell carrier and the supplementary uplink carrier respectively correspond to the first resource availability combination in the first resource availability combination different elements.
  • the combination index includes a first index corresponding to the first resource availability combination; for a frequency division duplexing (Frequency Division Duplexing, FDD) cell of a DU, the first index indicated by the second signaling corresponds to The first resource availability combination of the uplink carrier and the downlink carrier; or, the first index indicated by the second signaling corresponds to a first resource availability combination, and the uplink carrier and the downlink carrier respectively correspond to the first resource availability combination in the first resource availability combination.
  • FDD Frequency Division Duplexing
  • the resource configuration information further includes at least one of the following information: the size of the second signaling payload, the RNTI indicated by the frequency domain availability, the search space set for monitoring the PDCCH, the first resource availability combination corresponding to the The position of the index in the second signaling, the first reference subcarrier spacing, the DU identifier, the DU cell identifier, the MT identifier, the MT cell identifier, the MT beam, the MT beam group, the MT beam identifier, and the MT beam The group identifier, the time interval for the second signaling to take effect, and the number of time units for the second signaling to take effect.
  • a resource availability combination satisfies one of the following:
  • the second signaling further includes at least one of the following: MT identifier, MT beam identifier, MT beam group identifier, DU identifier, DU cell identifier, DU carrier identifier, and the second signaling starts. Effective time interval, the number of time units for which the second signaling takes effect.
  • the first index corresponding to the first resource availability combination in the second signaling is used to indicate the availability of frequency domain resources in at least one time unit starting from one of the following time slots: the same as the MT that detected the second signaling.
  • the earliest DU timeslot that intersects the timeslots is the earliest DU timeslot that is separated by Ya DU timeslots from the MT timeslot in which the second signaling is detected, where Ya is an integer greater than or equal to 0.
  • the first index corresponding to the first resource availability combination in the second signaling is used to indicate the availability of symbols and the availability of frequency domain resources in at least one time unit starting from one of the following time slots:
  • the earliest DU timeslot that intersects the MT timeslots of the two signaling is the earliest DU timeslot that is separated by Yb DU timeslots from the MT timeslot in which the second signaling is detected, where Yb is greater than or equal to An integer of 0.
  • the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the resource configuration information is one of the following: the first reference subcarrier spacing, the subcarrier spacing indicating soft symbol availability, and the subcarrier spacing provided by the DU resource configuration.
  • the apparatus further includes:
  • the monitoring module is configured to monitor the PDCCH indicating availability in at least one of the following search spaces: a public search space and a dedicated search space.
  • the apparatus further includes:
  • a configuration obtaining module configured to obtain frequency domain resource configuration information
  • the frequency domain resource configuration information includes at least one of the following: frequency domain unit configuration information, attribute configuration information of frequency domain units, and frequency domain unit configuration whose availability is to be determined
  • the frequency-domain unit configuration information includes at least one of the following parameters: frequency-domain unit size, frequency-domain unit number, frequency-domain unit start position, frequency-domain unit RIV, frequency-domain unit identifier, and subcarrier corresponding to the frequency-domain unit Interval
  • attribute configuration information includes at least one of the following: hard, soft, unavailable.
  • the apparatus further includes:
  • the frequency domain unit determination module is set to determine a frequency domain unit corresponding to a carrier according to predefined information; the predefined information includes one of the following: the size of the frequency domain unit, the number of frequency domain units, the relationship between the size of the frequency domain unit and the size of the carrier, the frequency The relationship between the number of domain elements and the carrier size.
  • the frequency domain unit determination module is set to:
  • the size of the frequency domain unit is determined according to the size of the carrier and its relationship with the size of the frequency domain unit, and then the frequency domain unit corresponding to the carrier is determined;
  • the definition information includes the relationship between the number of frequency-domain units and the size of the carrier, the number of frequency-domain units is determined according to the size of the carrier and its relationship with the number of frequency-domain units, and then the frequency-domain unit corresponding to the carrier is determined.
  • the first resource availability combination is used to indicate the availability of at least one of the following frequency domain resources: frequency domain unit, the attribute is a soft frequency domain unit, a set of configured frequency domain units, the attribute is a soft symbol The corresponding frequency domain unit, the attribute is the frequency domain unit corresponding to the symbol whose attribute is soft and is not explicitly indicated as available, the frequency domain unit corresponding to the symbol whose attribute is soft and is explicitly indicated as available, and the frequency domain unit whose availability is pending.
  • the apparatus further includes:
  • the attribute determination module is set to determine or predefine the attribute of the frequency domain unit in at least one of the following ways:
  • each initial frequency-domain unit and the number of frequency-domain units corresponds to a frequency-domain unit attribute; each RIV corresponds to a frequency-domain unit attribute; the two attributes of the frequency-domain unit are determined by the bitmap, the The two attributes are any two of hard, soft and unavailable; the three attributes of the frequency domain unit are determined by at least two bitmaps.
  • the availability determination module 320 is configured to: determine the availability of time-frequency resources in a time unit by one of the following methods:
  • the time-frequency resources corresponding to the symbol and the frequency domain unit are available, and when at least one of the symbol and the frequency domain unit is unavailable, the Time-frequency resources are unavailable, and other time-frequency resources are available when the set conditions are met; when at least one of the symbol and frequency domain units is available and the other is not unavailable, The time-frequency resource corresponding to the symbol and the frequency domain unit is available. In the case that at least one of the symbol and the frequency domain unit is unavailable, the time-frequency resource corresponding to the symbol and the frequency domain unit is unavailable.
  • the frequency resource is available when the set conditions are met; when the symbol is available and the frequency domain unit is not unavailable, the time-frequency resource corresponding to the symbol and the frequency domain unit is available.
  • the time-frequency resource corresponding to the symbol and the frequency-domain unit is unavailable, and the other time-frequency resources are available when the set conditions are met; when the frequency-domain unit is available And if the symbol is not unavailable, the time-frequency resource corresponding to the symbol and the frequency domain unit is available, and if at least one of the symbol and the frequency domain unit is unavailable, the time-frequency resource corresponding to the symbol and the frequency domain unit is available. is unavailable, other time-frequency resources are available when the set conditions are met; when both the symbol and the frequency domain unit are available, the time-frequency resources corresponding to the symbol and the frequency domain unit are available.
  • the time-frequency resource corresponding to the symbol and the frequency domain unit is unavailable, and other time-frequency resources are available when the set conditions are met;
  • the time-frequency resource corresponding to the symbol and the frequency domain unit is available, and when the symbol is unavailable, the time-frequency resource corresponding to the symbol and the frequency domain unit The resource is unavailable, and other time-frequency resources are available when the set conditions are met; when the symbol is available, the time-frequency resource corresponding to the symbol and the frequency domain unit is available.
  • the time-frequency resources corresponding to the symbol and the frequency domain unit are not available, and other time-frequency resources are available if the set conditions are met; if the frequency domain unit is available and the symbol is not available. In the case of unavailable, the time-frequency resource corresponding to the symbol and the frequency domain unit is available. In the case of the symbol being unavailable, the time-frequency resource corresponding to the symbol and the frequency domain unit is unavailable. Frequency resources are available when the set conditions are met.
  • the resource availability combination includes a second resource availability combination, and the second resource availability combination is used to indicate at least one of the following: availability of beams of the MT in at least one time unit, DU in at least one time unit availability of beams.
  • the elements in the second resource availability combination indicate at least one of the following: availability of beams of MTs in a corresponding time unit, availability of beams of DUs in a corresponding time unit; the elements correspond to at least one of the following: Beam or beam group.
  • the beam is associated with one of the following: reference signal, SSB, SSB-related configuration, Transmission Configuration Indication (TCI) status, sounding reference signal, and sounding reference signal indication.
  • reference signal SSB
  • SSB-related configuration SSB-related configuration
  • TCI Transmission Configuration Indication
  • sounding reference signal sounding reference signal
  • sounding reference signal indication sounding reference signal indication
  • the resource configuration information further includes at least one of the following:
  • the beam in which the signal or channel of the MT is configured is included in the beam indicated by the second signaling, or the beam in which the signal or channel of the MT is configured does not include the beam indicated by the second signaling .
  • the combination index includes a second index corresponding to the second resource availability combination; when a supplementary uplink carrier is configured in the cell of the MT or DU, the second index indicated by the second signaling corresponds to the second resource availability combination of the cell carrier and the supplementary uplink carrier; or, the second index indicated by the second signaling corresponds to a second resource availability combination, and the cell carrier and the supplementary uplink carrier respectively correspond to the second resource availability Different elements in a composition.
  • the combination index includes a second index corresponding to the second resource availability combination; for an MT or DU FDD cell, the second index indicated by the second signaling corresponds to the uplink carrier and the downlink carrier respectively.
  • the second resource availability combination; or, the second index indicated by the second signaling corresponds to a second resource availability combination, and the uplink carrier and the downlink carrier respectively correspond to different elements in the second resource availability combination.
  • the second index corresponding to the second resource availability combination in the second signaling is used to indicate the beam availability of the MT in at least one time unit starting from one of the following time slots: the MT that detected the second signaling
  • the time slot is the MT time slot separated by Y1 time slots from the MT time slot in which the second signaling is detected, and the earliest DU time slot that intersects the MT time slot in which the second signaling is detected, and is the same as the MT time slot in which the second signaling is detected.
  • Let the MT timeslot be separated from the earliest DU timeslot of Y2 DU timeslots, where Y1 and Y2 are integers greater than or equal to 0.
  • the second index corresponding to the second resource availability combination in the second signaling is used to indicate the beam availability of the DU in at least one time unit starting from one of the following time slots: the MT that detected the second signaling
  • the time slot is the MT time slot separated by Y1 time slots from the MT time slot in which the second signaling is detected, and the earliest DU time slot that intersects the MT time slot in which the second signaling is detected, and is the same as the MT time slot in which the second signaling is detected.
  • Let the MT timeslot be separated from the earliest DU timeslot of Y2 DU timeslots, where Y1 and Y2 are integers greater than or equal to 0.
  • the device for determining resource availability proposed in this embodiment and the method for determining resource availability proposed in the above-mentioned embodiments belong to the same concept.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a resource configuration apparatus according to an embodiment. As shown in Figure 6, the resource configuration device includes:
  • the configuration module 410 is configured to send resource configuration information, where the resource configuration information includes first signaling and second signaling, wherein the first signaling includes at least one resource availability combination, and one resource availability combination corresponds to one combination index , the second signaling is used to indicate at least one combination index.
  • the resource resource configuration device of this embodiment indicates the resource availability combination and the combination index through the resource configuration information, and can flexibly and comprehensively indicate the resource availability in the time-frequency domain or in the space domain, so that the IAB node can determine the availability of resources accordingly, reducing the number of Interference between parent and child links.
  • the resource configuration information may be used to determine at least one of the following: availability of frequency domain resources in at least one time unit; availability of symbols and availability of frequency domain resources in at least one time unit.
  • the resource availability combination includes a first resource availability combination for indicating availability of frequency domain resources in at least one time unit.
  • an element in the first resource availability combination is used to indicate availability of frequency domain resources in a corresponding time unit; the element corresponds to at least one availability pattern.
  • the elements in the first resource availability combination include at least one of a first type element, a second type element, and a third type element; the first type element corresponds to K1 availability patterns, K1
  • the availability patterns are associated with a frequency domain resource corresponding to one of the following in a time unit: symbols of K1 directions, symbols of K1 attributes, symbols of K1 types of time-domain resources;
  • the second type element corresponds to an availability pattern,
  • the availability pattern is associated with a frequency domain resource corresponding to a time unit;
  • the third type element corresponds to an availability pattern, and every K2 availability patterns is associated with a frequency domain resource corresponding to one of the following in a time unit: symbols in K2 directions , the symbols of K2 attributes, and the symbols of K2 time-domain resource types; wherein, K1 is an integer greater than 0, and K2 is an integer greater than 0.
  • K3 elements in the first resource availability combination correspond to K3 availability patterns
  • the K3 availability patterns are associated with frequency domain resources corresponding to one of the following in at least one time unit: symbol, the symbol of K3 attributes, and the symbol of K3 time-domain resource types, where K3 is an integer greater than 0.
  • the availability pattern is configured or predefined for at least one of the following:
  • the resource availability combination includes a first resource availability combination for indicating the availability of symbols in at least one time unit and the availability of frequency domain resources.
  • the elements in the first resource availability combination are used to indicate the availability of symbols in the corresponding time unit and the availability of frequency domain resources; the elements correspond to at least one availability pattern.
  • the availability pattern is configured or predefined to indicate availability of symbols in a time unit and availability of frequency domain resources according to at least one of the following: symbol attribute, symbol direction, time domain resource type.
  • indicating the availability of symbols in time units and the availability of frequency domain resources includes:
  • For the soft symbols included in the time unit indicate the availability of the soft symbols and the availability of the frequency domain resources corresponding to the soft symbols; for the hard symbols included in the time unit, indicate the availability of the frequency domain resources corresponding to the hard symbols .
  • the resource availability combination includes a first resource availability combination, and the first resource availability combination is used to indicate availability of time-frequency resources in at least one time unit.
  • an element in the first resource availability combination is used to indicate the availability of time-frequency resources in a corresponding time unit; the element corresponds to at least one availability pattern.
  • the availability pattern is configured or predefined to indicate the availability of time-frequency resources in a time unit according to one of the following:
  • the availability of time-frequency resources is indicated by the bit value of the bitmap corresponding to the time-frequency resource unit, wherein a time-frequency resource unit includes a symbol group in the time domain and a frequency domain unit in the frequency domain, and a symbol group includes the following One: a symbol of a direction, a symbol of an attribute, a symbol of a time-domain resource type; the availability of the symbol group is indicated by the bit value of the first bit map corresponding to the symbol group, and the availability of the symbol group is indicated by the bit value corresponding to the frequency domain unit.
  • the bit value of the second bitmap indicates the availability of the frequency domain unit, where both the symbol group and the frequency domain unit are indicated as available, then the time-frequency resources corresponding to the symbol group and the frequency domain unit are available, and the symbol group and the frequency domain unit are not available. are indicated as available, then the time-frequency resources corresponding to the symbol group and the frequency domain unit are unavailable or the availability is not indicated.
  • the availability pattern belongs to a set of availability patterns, and the set of availability patterns is included in the resource configuration information or predefined.
  • the usability pattern set satisfies one of the following:
  • One distributed unit DU corresponds to one availability pattern set; one cell or carrier of DU corresponds to one availability pattern set; for one beam or beam group of mobile terminal function MT, one DU corresponds to one availability pattern set; for one beam or beam of MT Group, one cell or carrier of the DU corresponds to one availability pattern set.
  • the combination index includes a first index corresponding to the first resource availability combination; in the case that a supplementary uplink carrier is configured in a cell of the DU, the first index indicated by the second signaling corresponds to the cell respectively.
  • the first resource availability combination of the carrier and the supplementary uplink carrier; or, the first index indicated by the second signaling corresponds to a first resource availability combination, and the cell carrier and the supplementary uplink carrier respectively correspond to the first resource availability combination in the first resource availability combination different elements.
  • the combination index includes a first index corresponding to a first resource availability combination; for an FDD cell of a DU, the first index indicated by the second signaling corresponds to the first index of the uplink carrier and the downlink carrier respectively.
  • the resource configuration information further includes at least one of the following information: the size of the second signaling payload, the wireless network temporary identifier RNTI indicated by the availability in the frequency domain, the search space set for monitoring the physical downlink control channel PDCCH , the position of the first index corresponding to the first resource availability combination in the second signaling, the first reference subcarrier spacing, the DU identifier, the DU cell identifier, the MT identifier, the MT cell identifier, the MT beam, and the MT beam group, the beam identifier of the MT, the beam group identifier of the MT, the time interval for the second signaling to take effect, and the number of time units for the second signaling to take effect.
  • the first resource availability combination satisfies one of the following:
  • the second signaling further includes at least one of the following: MT identifier, MT beam identifier, MT beam group identifier, DU identifier, DU cell identifier, DU carrier identifier, second signaling Indicates the time interval during which the second signaling takes effect, and the number of time units for which the second signaling takes effect.
  • the first index corresponding to the first resource availability combination in the second signaling is used to indicate the availability of frequency domain resources in at least one time unit starting from one of the following time slots: the same as the detection of the second signaling.
  • the first index corresponding to the first resource availability combination in the second signaling is used to indicate the availability of symbols and the availability of frequency domain resources in at least one time unit starting from one of the following time slots:
  • the earliest DU timeslot that intersects the MT timeslots of the two signaling is the earliest DU timeslot that is separated by Yb DU timeslots from the MT timeslot in which the second signaling is detected, where Yb is greater than or equal to An integer of 0.
  • the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the resource configuration information is one of the following: the first reference subcarrier spacing, the subcarrier spacing indicating soft symbol availability, and the subcarrier spacing provided by the DU resource configuration.
  • the IAB node listens for the PDCCH indicating availability in at least one of the following search spaces: public search space, dedicated search space.
  • the apparatus further includes:
  • a configuration information sending module configured to send frequency domain resource configuration information;
  • the frequency domain resource configuration information includes at least one of the following: frequency domain unit configuration information, attribute configuration information of frequency domain units, and frequency domain unit configuration whose availability is to be determined; wherein , the frequency domain unit configuration information includes at least one of the following parameters: the size of the frequency domain unit, the number of frequency domain units, the starting position of the frequency domain unit, the frequency domain unit RIV, the frequency domain unit identifier, the sub-unit corresponding to the frequency domain unit Carrier spacing; attribute configuration information includes at least one of the following: hard, soft, unavailable.
  • the IAB node also determines a frequency domain unit corresponding to a carrier according to predefined information; the predefined information includes one of the following: the size of the frequency domain unit, the number of frequency domain units, the difference between the frequency domain unit size and the carrier size. relationship, the relationship between the number of frequency domain cells and the size of the carrier.
  • the IAB node determines a frequency domain unit corresponding to a carrier according to predefined information, including:
  • the size of the frequency domain unit is determined according to the size of the carrier and its relationship with the size of the frequency domain unit, and then the frequency domain unit corresponding to the carrier is determined;
  • the definition information includes the relationship between the number of frequency-domain units and the size of the carrier, the number of frequency-domain units is determined according to the size of the carrier and its relationship with the number of frequency-domain units, and then the frequency-domain unit corresponding to the carrier is determined.
  • the first resource availability combination is used to indicate the availability of at least one of the following frequency domain resources: frequency domain unit, the attribute is a soft frequency domain unit, a set of configured frequency domain units, the attribute is a soft symbol The corresponding frequency domain unit, the attribute is the frequency domain unit corresponding to the symbol whose attribute is soft and is not explicitly indicated as available, the frequency domain unit corresponding to the symbol whose attribute is soft and is explicitly indicated as available, and the frequency domain unit whose availability is pending.
  • the method further includes: determining or pre-defining the attribute of the frequency domain unit in at least one of the following manners:
  • each initial frequency-domain unit and the number of frequency-domain units corresponds to a frequency-domain unit attribute; each RIV corresponds to a frequency-domain unit attribute; the two attributes of the frequency-domain unit are determined by the bitmap, the The two attributes are any two of hard, soft and unavailable; the three attributes of the frequency domain unit are determined by at least two bitmaps.
  • the IAB node may determine the availability of time-frequency resources in a time unit in one of the following ways according to the resource configuration information:
  • the time-frequency resources corresponding to the symbol and the frequency domain unit are available, and when at least one of the symbol and the frequency domain unit is unavailable, the Time-frequency resources are unavailable, and other time-frequency resources are available when the set conditions are met; when at least one of the symbol and frequency domain units is available and the other is not unavailable, The time-frequency resource corresponding to the symbol and the frequency domain unit is available. In the case that at least one of the symbol and the frequency domain unit is unavailable, the time-frequency resource corresponding to the symbol and the frequency domain unit is unavailable.
  • the frequency resource is available when the set conditions are met; when the symbol is available and the frequency domain unit is not unavailable, the time-frequency resource corresponding to the symbol and the frequency domain unit is available.
  • the time-frequency resource corresponding to the symbol and the frequency-domain unit is unavailable, and the other time-frequency resources are available when the set conditions are met; when the frequency-domain unit is available And if the symbol is not unavailable, the time-frequency resource corresponding to the symbol and the frequency domain unit is available, and if at least one of the symbol and the frequency domain unit is unavailable, the time-frequency resource corresponding to the symbol and the frequency domain unit is available. is unavailable, other time-frequency resources are available when the set conditions are met; when both the symbol and the frequency domain unit are available, the time-frequency resources corresponding to the symbol and the frequency domain unit are available.
  • the time-frequency resource corresponding to the symbol and the frequency domain unit is unavailable, and other time-frequency resources are available when the set conditions are met;
  • the time-frequency resource corresponding to the symbol and the frequency domain unit is available, and when the symbol is unavailable, the time-frequency resource corresponding to the symbol and the frequency domain unit The resource is unavailable, and other time-frequency resources are available when the set conditions are met; when the symbol is available, the time-frequency resource corresponding to the symbol and the frequency domain unit is available.
  • the time-frequency resources corresponding to the symbol and the frequency domain unit are not available, and other time-frequency resources are available if the set conditions are met; if the frequency domain unit is available and the symbol is not available. In the case of unavailable, the time-frequency resource corresponding to the symbol and the frequency domain unit is available. In the case of the symbol being unavailable, the time-frequency resource corresponding to the symbol and the frequency domain unit is unavailable. Frequency resources are available when the set conditions are met.
  • the resource availability combination includes a second resource availability combination, and the second resource availability combination is used to indicate at least one of the following: availability of beams of the MT in at least one time unit, DU in at least one time unit availability of beams.
  • the element in the second resource availability combination is used to indicate at least one of the following: the availability of the beam of the MT in the corresponding time unit, the availability of the beam of the DU in the corresponding time unit; the element corresponds to At least one beam or group of beams.
  • the beam is associated with one of: reference signal, synchronous broadcast channel block SSB, SSB related configuration, transmission configuration indication TCI status, sounding reference signal, sounding reference signal indication.
  • the resource configuration information further includes at least one of the following:
  • the beam in which the signal or channel of the MT is configured is included in the beam indicated by the second signaling, or the beam in which the signal or channel of the MT is configured does not include the beam indicated by the second signaling .
  • the combination index includes a second index corresponding to the second resource availability combination; when a supplementary uplink carrier is configured in the cell of the MT or DU, the second index indicated by the second signaling corresponds to the second resource availability combination of the cell carrier and the supplementary uplink carrier; or, the second index indicated by the second signaling corresponds to a second resource availability combination, and the cell carrier and the supplementary uplink carrier respectively correspond to the second resource availability Different elements in a composition.
  • the combination index includes a second index corresponding to the second resource availability combination; for an MT or DU FDD cell, the second index indicated by the second signaling corresponds to the uplink carrier and the downlink carrier respectively.
  • the second resource availability combination; or, the second index indicated by the second signaling corresponds to a second resource availability combination, and the uplink carrier and the downlink carrier respectively correspond to different elements in the second resource availability combination.
  • the second index corresponding to the second resource availability combination in the second signaling is used to indicate the availability of the beam of the MT in at least one time unit starting from one of the following time slots: the second signaling is detected The MT time slot in the MT time slot, the MT time slot separated by Y1 time slots from the MT time slot in which the second signaling is detected, and the earliest DU time slot that intersects the MT time slot in which the second signaling is detected.
  • the MT timeslots of the two signalings are separated from the earliest DU timeslot of Y2 DU timeslots, where Y1 and Y2 are integers greater than or equal to 0.
  • the second index corresponding to the second resource availability combination in the second signaling is used to indicate the beam availability of the DU in at least one time unit starting from one of the following time slots: the MT that detected the second signaling
  • the time slot is the MT time slot separated by Y1 time slots from the MT time slot in which the second signaling is detected, and the earliest DU time slot that intersects the MT time slot in which the second signaling is detected, and is the same as the MT time slot in which the second signaling is detected.
  • Let the MT timeslot be separated from the earliest DU timeslot of Y2 DU timeslots, where Y1 and Y2 are integers greater than or equal to 0.
  • the resource configuration device proposed in this embodiment belongs to the same concept as the resource configuration device method proposed in the above-mentioned embodiment.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a hardware structure of a communication node provided by an embodiment.
  • the communication node provided by the present application includes a memory 52 , a processor 51 and A computer program stored on the memory 52 and executable on the processor 51, when the processor 51 executes the program, the above-mentioned resource availability determination method or resource configuration method is implemented.
  • the communication node may also include a memory 52; the number of processors 51 in the communication node may be one or more, and one processor 51 is taken as an example in FIG. 7; the memory 52 is used to store one or more programs; the one or more Each program is executed by the one or more processors 51, so that the one or more processors 51 implement the resource availability determination method or the resource configuration method as described in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the communication node further includes: a communication device 53 , an input device 54 and an output device 55 .
  • the processor 51 , the memory 52 , the communication device 53 , the input device 54 and the output device 55 in the communication node may be connected by a bus or in other ways, and the connection by a bus is taken as an example in FIG. 7 .
  • the input device 54 may be used to receive input numerical or character information, and to generate key signal input related to user settings and function control of the communication node.
  • the output device 55 may include a display device such as a display screen.
  • the communication device 53 may include a receiver and a transmitter.
  • the communication device 53 is configured to transmit and receive information according to the control of the processor 51 .
  • the memory 52 may be configured to store software programs, computer-executable programs, and modules, such as program instructions/modules corresponding to the resource availability determination method described in the embodiments of the present application (for example, in the resource availability determination device). acquisition module 310 and availability determination module 320).
  • the memory 52 may include a stored program area and a stored data area, wherein the stored program area may store an operating system, an application program required for at least one function; the stored data area may store data created according to use of the communication node, and the like. Additionally, memory 52 may include high speed random access memory, and may also include nonvolatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, flash memory device, or other nonvolatile solid state storage device.
  • memory 52 may include memory located remotely from processor 51, which may be connected to the communication node through a network.
  • networks include, but are not limited to, the Internet, an intranet, a local area network, a mobile communication network, and combinations thereof.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a storage medium, where the storage medium stores a computer program, and when the computer program is executed by a processor, implements the resource availability determination method or the resource configuration method described in any of the embodiments of the present application.
  • the method for determining resource availability includes: acquiring resource configuration information, where the resource configuration information includes first signaling and second signaling, wherein the first signaling includes at least one resource availability combination, and one resource availability combination corresponds to one Combination index, the second signaling is used to indicate at least one combination index; the availability of the resource is determined according to the resource configuration information.
  • the resource configuration method includes: sending resource configuration information, where the resource configuration information includes first signaling and second signaling, wherein the first signaling includes at least one resource availability combination, and one resource availability combination corresponds to one combination index, where the second signaling is used to indicate at least one combined index.
  • the computer storage medium of the embodiments of the present application may adopt any combination of one or more computer-readable media.
  • the computer-readable medium may be a computer-readable signal medium or a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer readable storage medium may be, for example, but not limited to, an electrical, magnetic, optical, electromagnetic, infrared, or semiconductor system, apparatus or device, or any combination of the above.
  • Examples (non-exhaustive list) of computer readable storage media include: electrical connections with one or more wires, portable computer disks, hard disks, random access memory (RAM), read only memory (Read Only Memory) Memory, ROM), erasable programmable read only memory (Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory, EPROM), flash memory, optical fiber, portable CD-ROM, optical storage device, magnetic storage device, or any suitable combination of the above.
  • a computer-readable storage medium can be any tangible medium that contains or stores a program that can be used by or in connection with an instruction execution system, apparatus, or device.
  • a computer-readable signal medium may include a propagated data signal in baseband or as part of a carrier wave, with computer-readable program code embodied thereon. Such propagated data signals may take a variety of forms including, but not limited to, electromagnetic signals, optical signals, or any suitable combination of the foregoing.
  • a computer-readable signal medium can also be any computer-readable medium other than a computer-readable storage medium that can transmit, propagate, or transport the program for use by or in connection with the instruction execution system, apparatus, or device .
  • Program code embodied on a computer-readable medium may be transmitted using any suitable medium, including but not limited to: wireless, wire, optical fiber cable, radio frequency (RF), etc., or any suitable combination of the foregoing.
  • suitable medium including but not limited to: wireless, wire, optical fiber cable, radio frequency (RF), etc., or any suitable combination of the foregoing.
  • Computer program code for carrying out the operations of the present application may be written in one or more programming languages, including object-oriented programming languages, such as Java, Smalltalk, C++, and conventional A procedural programming language, such as the "C" language or similar programming language.
  • the program code may execute entirely on the user's computer, partly on the user's computer, as a stand-alone software package, partly on the user's computer and partly on a remote computer, or entirely on the remote computer or server.
  • the remote computer may be connected to the user's computer through any kind of network, including a Local Area Network (LAN) or Wide Area Network (WAN), or may be connected to an external computer (eg, use an internet service provider to connect via the internet).
  • LAN Local Area Network
  • WAN Wide Area Network
  • user terminal encompasses any suitable type of wireless user equipment, such as a mobile telephone, portable data processing device, portable web browser or vehicle mounted mobile station.
  • the various embodiments of the present application may be implemented in hardware or special purpose circuits, software, logic, or any combination thereof.
  • some aspects may be implemented in hardware, while other aspects may be implemented in firmware or software that may be executed by a controller, microprocessor or other computing device, although the application is not limited thereto.
  • Embodiments of the present application may be implemented by the execution of computer program instructions by a data processor of a mobile device, eg in a processor entity, or by hardware, or by a combination of software and hardware.
  • Computer program instructions may be assembly instructions, Instruction Set Architecture (ISA) instructions, machine instructions, machine-dependent instructions, microcode, firmware instructions, state setting data, or written in any combination of one or more programming languages source or object code.
  • ISA Instruction Set Architecture
  • the block diagrams of any logic flow in the figures of the present application may represent program steps, or may represent interconnected logic circuits, modules and functions, or may represent a combination of program steps and logic circuits, modules and functions.
  • Computer programs can be stored on memory.
  • the memory may be of any type suitable for the local technical environment and may be implemented using any suitable data storage technology, such as, but not limited to, Read-Only Memory (ROM), Random Access Memory (RAM), optical Memory devices and systems (Digital Video Disc (DVD) or Compact Disk (CD), etc.
  • Computer readable media may include non-transitory storage media.
  • Data processors may be any suitable for the local technical environment Type, such as but not limited to general purpose computer, special purpose computer, microprocessor, digital signal processor (Digital Signal Processing, DSP), application specific integrated circuit (Application Specific Integrated Circuit, ASIC), programmable logic device (Field-Programmable Gate Array , FPGA) and processors based on multi-core processor architectures.
  • DSP Digital Signal Processing
  • ASIC Application Specific Integrated Circuit
  • FPGA Field-Programmable Gate Array
  • processors based on multi-core processor architectures.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Quality & Reliability (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本文公开一种资源可用性确定方法、资源配置方法、通信节点及存储介质。该资源可用性确定方法包括获取资源配置信息，所述资源配置信息包括第一信令和第二信令，其中，所述第一信令包括至少一个资源可用性组合，一个资源可用性组合对应一个组合索引，所述第二信令用于指示至少一个组合索引；根据所述资源配置信息确定资源的可用性。

Description

资源可用性确定方法、资源配置方法、通信节点及存储介质 技术领域
本申请涉及无线通信网络领域，例如涉及一种资源可用性确定方法、资源配置方法、通信节点及存储介质。
背景技术
集成接入和回程(Integrated Access and Backhaul，IAB)可以支持多跳网络，IAB节点有两个功能：分布式单元(Distributed Unit，DU)功能(即基站)，即IAB节点像基站一样为子节点或者终端(User Equipment，UE)提供无线接入功能；2)移动终端(Mobile-Termination，MT)功能(即终端)，即IAB节点像UE一样被父节点(IAB节点或者施主IAB)控制和调度。版本-16(Rel-16)IAB主要研究了IAB节点MT和DU之间(或者IAB节点的父链路和子链路之间)时分复用的场景，并且给出了IAB节点DU确定时域资源可用性的方法，对于IAB节点MT和DU通过频分复用或空分复用实现同时操作的场景，仅仅支持能力上报，并未给出频域资源的划分方案，即如果IAB节点DU确定一个时域符号是可用的，则认为该符号对应的所有频域资源是可用的，或者根据IAB节点的父节点对IAB节点MT的调度情况，确定可以使用哪些频域资源。Rel-17 IAB在Rel-16的基础上对频分复用和空分复用进行了增强，因此，如何对IAB节点MT和DU的资源在频域和空域上划分以及如何判断时频资源的可用性是亟需解决的问题。
发明内容
本申请提供一种资源可用性确定方法、资源配置方法、通信节点及存储介质，以根据资源配置信息准确确定可用的资源，减少父链路和子链路之间的干扰。
本申请实施例提供一种资源可用性确定方法，包括：
获取资源配置信息，所述资源配置信息包括第一信令和第二信令，其中，所述第一信令包括至少一个资源可用性组合，一个资源可用性组合对应一个组合索引，所述第二信令用于指示至少一个组合索引；根据所述资源配置信息确定资源的可用性。
本申请实施例还提供了一种资源配置方法，包括：
发送资源配置信息，所述资源配置信息包括第一信令和第二信令，其中，所述第一信令包括至少一个资源可用性组合，一个资源可用性组合对应一个组合索引，所述第二信令用于指示至少一个组合索引。
本申请实施例还提供了一种通信节点，包括：存储器、处理器以及存储在存储器上并可在处理器上运行的计算机程序，所述处理器执行所述程序时实现上述的资源可用性确定方法或资源配置方法。
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，计算机可读存储介质上存储有计算机程序，该程序被处理器执行时实现上述的资源可用性确定方法或资源配置方法。
附图说明
图1为一实施例提供的一种资源可用性确定方法的流程图；
图2为一实施例提供的一种资源配置信息的示意图；
图3为另一实施例提供的一种资源配置信息的示意图；
图4为一实施例提供的一种资源配置方法的流程图；
图5为一实施例提供的一种资源可用性确定装置的结构示意图；
图6为一实施例提供的一种资源配置装置的结构示意图；
图7为一实施例提供的一种通信节点的硬件结构示意图。
具体实施方式
下面结合附图和实施例对本申请进行说明。此处所描述的具体实施例仅仅用于解释本申请。为了便于描述，附图中仅示出了与本申请相关的部分。
与核心网存在直接连接(例如存在有线连接)的节点是施主IAB(IAB Donor)，它由一个集中式单元(Central Unit，CU)以及一个或多个分布式单元(Distributed Unit，DU)组成，施主IAB可以获得下行数据或者将上行数据发送给核心网。将一个IAB节点作为参照的当前节点，其上一级节点为父节点，父节点可以为IAB节点，也可以为施主IAB；其下一级节点为子节点，子节点可以为IAB节点，也可以为UE。IAB节点与上一级节点之间的链路称为父链路，与其下一级节点(或者UE)之间的链路称为子链路。IAB节点与其父节点之间的链路称为父回程链路，并分为下行父回程链路和上行父回程链路；IAB节点与其IAB子节点之间的链路称为子回程链路，并分为下行子回程链路和上行子回程链路；IAB节点与其UE子节点之间的链路称为子接入链路，并分为下行子接入链路和 上行子接入链路。
CU为IAB节点DU提供小区资源配置，包括时隙中每个符号的方向以及时隙中同一方向的符号的属性，其中，符号的方向包括上行(DownLink，DL)、下行(UpLink，UL)或者灵活(Flexible，F)符号，符号的属性包括硬(Hard)，软(Soft)或者不可用(Not Available或者Unavailable)。由此IAB节点DU的时域资源类型包括7种：Hard DL、Hard F、Hard UL、Soft DL、Soft F、Soft UL、不可用。在下行、上行、或者灵活符号被配置为Hard的情况下，相应的，IAB节点DU可以在该符号上分别发送数据、接收数据、或者发送或接收数据。在下行、上行或者灵活符号被配置为不可用的情况下，IAB节点DU既不能在该符号上发送数据也不能在该符号上接收数据。在下行、上行或者灵活符号被配置为Soft的情况下，在如下几种情况下IAB节点DU可以在该符号上分别发送数据、接收数据、或者发送或接收数据：
1)在该符号上IAB节点MT没有发送数据或者接收数据。
2)IAB节点MT在该符号上发送数据或者接收数据，并且其发送或者接收数据不会因为IAB节点DU使用该符号而改变。
3)IAB节点MT检测下行控制信息(Downlink Control Information，DCI)格式2_5(DCI format 2_5)，DCI format 2_5中的可用性指示(Availability Indicator，AI)索引域值指示该Soft符号为可用。
此外，IAB节点DU发送或者接收特殊信号或信道的符号相当于被配置为Hard。发送或者接收特殊信号或信道包括但不限于：发送同步信号和广播信道块(Synchronization Signal and Physical Broadcast Channel Block，SSB)，发送类型0物理下行控制信道(Physical Downlink Control Channel，PDCCH)公共搜索空间集合(可以承载在pdcchConfigSIB1，searchSpaceSIB1或者searchSpaceZero信元中)对应的PDCCH，接收物理随机接入信道(Physical Random Access Channel，PRACH)，接收调度请求(Scheduling Request，SR)，发送周期的信道状态信息参考信号(Channel State Information Reference Signal，CSI-RS)，发送系统消息(System Information，SI)，接收半静态上行传输，发送半静态下行传输等。
IAB节点MT的服务小区(或者网络侧)可以通过DCI格式2_5指示IAB节点DU的时域符号的可用性。为了支持IAB节点的MT和DU之间(或者IAB节点的父链路和子链路之间)的频分复用(Frequency Division Multiplexing，FDM)或空分复用(Space Division Multiplexing，SDM)，需要增强IAB节点DU的资源配置，即，需要考虑频域和空域资源的配置，减少复用时父链路和子链路之间的干扰。
在本申请实施例中，提供一种资源可用性确定方法，通过资源配置信息指示资源可用性组合并指示组合索引，针对频域或空域的资源可用性都可以灵活、全面地指示，IAB节点据此确定资源的可用性，减少父链路和子链路之间的干扰。
图1为一实施例提供的一种资源可用性确定方法的流程图，如图1所示，本实施例提供的方法包括步骤110和步骤120。
在步骤110中，获取资源配置信息，所述资源配置信息包括第一信令和第二信令，其中，所述第一信令包括至少一个资源可用性组合，一个资源可用性组合对应一个组合索引，所述第二信令用于指示至少一个组合索引。
在步骤120中，根据所述资源配置信息确定资源的可用性。
本实施例中，IAB节点从网络侧(例如CU或者父节点或者IAB节点MT的服务小区)获取资源配置信息，包括第一信令和第二信令，第一信令提供了至少一个资源可用性组合，以及每个资源可用性组合与组合索引的对应关系；第二信令用于指示至少一个组合索引。资源可用性组合用于指示时频资源或空域资源的可用性，在用于指示时频资源的情况下，可以是指示至少一个时间单元内的频域资源的可用性，也可以是指示至少一个时间单元内的时域的符号的可用性以及频域资源的可用性，也可以指示至少一个时间单元内的时频资源的可用性。IAB节点根据第二信令指示的组合索引可以确定相应的资源可用性组合，从而确定该资源可用性组合指示的相应时间单元内的资源的可用性。第二信令包括如下之一：DCI，媒体接入控制层(Media Access Control，MAC)控制单元(Control Element，CE)。
本实施例中，资源可用性组合可用于指示IAB节点DU的小区的至少一个时间单元中资源的可用性，例如，用于指示DU的小区的一个时间单元中Soft符号的可用性，或者用于指示DU的小区的一个时间单元中频域资源的可用性，或者用于指示DU的小区的一个时间单元中的Soft符号相应的频域资源的可用性，或者用于指示DU的小区的一个时间单元对应的空域资源的可用性等。每个资源可用性组合中可包含一个或多个元素，每个元素对应于一个时间单元。
本实施例中，资源配置信息提供了资源可用性组合以及组合索引的对应关系，并指示了其中的至少一个资源可用性组合，从而指示至少一个时间单元中资源的可用性，该资源可以为频分复用或空分复用的资源，IAB节点据此准确确定资源的可用性。
在一实施例中，时间单元包括时隙或时隙的整数倍。
在一实施例中，第一信令可针对频域资源或时频资源指示至少一个第一资 源可用性组合，也可以针对空域资源指示至少一个第二资源可用性组合，其中，一个第一资源可用性组合对应一个第一索引，一个第二资源可用性组合对应一个第二索引。相应的，第二信令可针对频域资源指示一个第一索引，也可以针对空域资源指示一个第二索引，以向IAB节点指示相应的资源可用性组合，并供IAB节点确定相应资源的可用性。
在一实施例中，根据所述资源配置信息确定资源的可用性，包括如下至少之一：
根据所述资源配置信息确定至少一个时间单元中的频域资源的可用性；根据所述资源配置信息确定至少一个时间单元中符号的可用性和频域资源的可用性。
本实施例中，IAB节点根据网络侧发送的资源配置信息，可以确定至少一个时间单元中的频域资源的可用性(时域上符号的可用性可以通过其他信令指示或确定，第一信令中的资源可用性组合主要用于指示或确定频域资源的可用性)，也可以确定至少一个时间单元中符号的可用性和频域资源的可用性(第一信令中的资源可用性组合既用于指示符号的可用性，也用于频域资源的可用性)。
在一实施例中，所述资源可用性组合包括第一资源可用性组合，所述第一资源可用性组合用于指示至少一个时间单元中频域资源的可用性。
本实施例中，第一资源可用性组合用于指示频域资源的可用性。第一资源可用性组合可以包含一个或多个元素，每个元素或每K2个元素对应于一个时间单元；其中，K2为大于0的整数。
在一实施例中，第一资源可用性组合中的元素用于指示对应的时间单元中的频域资源的可用性；所述元素对应至少一个可用性图案。
本实施例中，第一资源可用性组合中的每个元素对应于至少一个可用性图案，用于指示相应时间单元内的频域资源的可用性。
在一实施例中，第一资源可用性组合中的元素包括第一类元素、第二类元素和第三类元素中的至少之一。
第一类元素对应K1个可用性图案，K1个可用性图案关联于一个时间单元的以下之一对应的频域资源：K1个方向的符号，K1种属性的符号，K1种时域资源类型的符号，K1为大于0的整数，例如，第一资源可用性组合中的元素A为第一类元素，元素A对应K1＝3个可用性图案，3个可用性图案分别用于指示元素A对应的时间单元内的DL、UL、F的符号对应的频域资源的可用性；第二类元素对应一个可用性图案，该可用性图案关联于一个时间单元对应的频域 资源，例如，第一资源可用性组合中的元素B为第二类元素，元素B对应1个可用性图案，该可用性图案用于指示元素B对应的时间单元内的频域资源(包括不同方向、属性和/或时域资源类型的符号所对应的频域资源)的可用性；第三类元素对应一个可用性图案，每K2个可用性图案关联于一个时间单元的以下之一对应的频域资源：K2个方向的符号，K2种属性的符号，K2种时域资源类型的符号，K2为大于0的整数，例如，第一资源可用性组合中的元素C为第三类元素，元素C对应1个可用性图案，每两个元素C的可用性图案分别用于指示两个元素C对应的时间单元内的Soft DL和Soft UL符号对应的频域资源的可用性。
在一实施例中，第一资源可用性组合中的K3个元素对应K3个可用性图案，所述K3个可用性图案关联于至少一个时间单元中以下之一对应的频域资源：K3个方向的符号，K3种属性的符号，K3种时域资源类型的符号，其中，K3为大于0的整数。
本实施例中，第一资源可用性组合中包含K3个元素，每个元素对应于一个可用性图案，K3个元素对应的符号可以跨越时间单元，即，K3个元素用于指示至少一个时间单元内的K3个方向的符号对应的频域资源的可用性。
在一实施例中，可用性图案被配置或者被预定义为用于如下至少之一：
指示起始频域单元和频域单元数目对应的频域单元的可用性，例如，指示从频域单元1开始的10个频域单元的可用性；指示资源指示值(Resource Indication Value，RIV)对应的频域单元的可用性；例如，一个RIV值对应一个起始频域单元和连续的频域单元数，用于指示一个或多个连续的频域单元，比如从频域单元2开始的连续8个频域单元；通过与频域单元对应的位图的比特值指示频域单元的可用性，例如，频域单元对应的位图中包含8个比特，8个比特值分别用于指示8个频域单元的可用性。被指示的频域单元数可以小于位图长度8，比如用8个比特值中的前6个比特值指示6个频域单元的可用性，忽略后2个比特值；被指示的频域单元数也可以大于位图长度8，比如用8个比特值循环指示10个频域单元的可用性，后两个频域单元对应的比特值和前2个比特值相同，或者不指示前2个(或后2个)频域单元的可用性；指示频域单元索引或索引组对应的频域单元的可用性，例如，指示索引为1至10的频域单元的频域资源可用性，或者指示索引组1(索引组1包括索引1至10)的频域单元的可用性；指示预定特征的频域单元的可用性，例如，指示被配置为Soft的频域单元的可用性。
在一实施例中，资源可用性组合包括第一资源可用性组合，第一资源可用性组合用于指示至少一个时间单元中符号的可用性和频域资源的可用性。
本实施例中，第一资源可用性组合用于指示符号的可用性和频域资源的可用性。第一资源可用性组合可以包含一个或多个元素，每个元素对应于一个时间单元。
在一实施例中，第一资源可用性组合中的元素用于指示一个时间单元中符号的可用性和频域资源的可用性；一个元素对应至少一个可用性图案。
本实施例中，第一资源可用性组合中的每个元素对应于至少一个可用性图案，用于指示相应时间单元内的符号的可用性和频域资源的可用性。
在一实施例中，可用性图案被配置或者被预定义为用于根据如下至少之一指示一个时间单元中符号的可用性和频域资源的可用性：符号属性，符号方向，时域资源类型。
在一实施例中，指示时间单元中符号的可用性和频域资源的可用性，包括：
对于时间单元中包含的软符号，指示所述软符号的可用性和所述软符号对应的频域资源的可用性；对于时间单元中包含的硬符号，指示所述硬符号对应的频域资源的可用性。
在一实施例中，资源可用性组合包括第一资源可用性组合，所述第一资源可用性组合用于指示至少一个时间单元中时频资源的可用性。
本实施例中，第一资源可用性组合用于指示至少一个时间单元中时频资源的可用性。第一资源可用性组合可以包含一个或多个元素，每个元素对应于一个时间单元。
在一实施例中，第一资源可用性组合中的元素用于指示对应的时间单元中时频资源的可用性；所述元素对应至少一个可用性图案。
本实施例中，第一资源可用性组合中的每个元素对应于至少一个可用性图案，用于指示相应时间单元内的时频资源的可用性。
在一实施例中，可用性图案被配置或者被预定义为用于根据如下之一指示一个时间单元中时频资源的可用性：
通过与时频资源单元对应的位图的比特值指示时频资源的可用性，其中，一个时频资源单元包括时域上的一个符号组和频域上的一个频域单元，一个符号组包括如下之一：一个方向的符号，一种属性的符号，一种时域资源类型的符号，例如，与时频资源单元对应的位图包括8个比特，每个比特值用于指示一个方向的符号和一个频域单元所构成的一个时频资源单元的可用性；通过与符号组对应的第一位图的比特值指示符号组的可用性，并通过与频域单元对应的第二位图的比特值指示频域单元的可用性，其中，符号组和频域单元都被指 示为可用，则符号组和频域单元对应的时频资源为可用，符号组和频域单元不都被指示为可用，则符号组和频域单元对应的时频资源为不可用或者可用性没有被指示，例如，第一位图包括8个比特，分别用于指示8个符号组的可用性，第二位图包括8个比特，分别用于指示8个频域单元的可用性，对于第一个符号组和第一个频域单元所构成的时频资源单元，如果第一位图中的第一位比特值和第二位图中的第一位比特值都指示为可用，则该时频资源单元为可用，否则为不可用或者没有被指示。
在一实施例中，对于一个时间单元，确定符号组的方法包括如下之一：
下行符号组成一个符号组，灵活符号组成一个符号组，上行符号组成一个符号组；硬符号组成一个符号组，软符号组成一个符号组，不可用符号组成一个符号组；硬符号组成一个符号组，软符号组成一个符号组；除不可用符号之外，6种时域资源类型的符号中每种符号组成一个符号组；软下行符号组成一个符号组，软灵活符号组成一个符号组，软上行符号组成一个符号组；除不可用符号之外，下行符号组成一个符号组，灵活符号组成一个符号组，上行符号组成一个符号组。
在一实施例中，所述可用性图案属于可用性图案集合，所述可用性图案集合包含在所述资源配置信息中，或者预定义。
在一实施例中，可用性图案集合满足以下之一：
一个DU对应一个可用性图案集合；DU的一个小区或载波对应一个可用性图案集合；对于MT的一个波束或者波束组，一个DU对应一个可用性图案集合；对于MT的一个波束或者波束组，DU的一个小区或载波对应一个可用性图案集合。
在一实施例中，组合索引包括第一资源可用性组合对应的第一索引；在DU的小区配置了补充上行载波的情况下，所述第二信令指示的第一索引分别对应于小区载波和补充上行载波的第一资源可用性组合；或者，所述第二信令指示的第一索引对应于一个第一资源可用性组合，小区载波和补充上行载波分别对应于该第一资源可用性组合中的不同元素。
本实施例中，针对频域资源的可用性指示，或者符号与频域资源的可用性指示，第一索引指示2个第一资源可用性组合，分别用于指示小区载波和补充上行载波的资源可用性。或者，第一索引指示的第一资源可用性组合中的一部分元素用于指示小区载波的资源可用性，另一部分元素用于指示补充上行载波的资源可用性。
在一实施例中，组合索引包括第一资源可用性组合对应的第一索引；对于 DU的频分双工(Frequency Division Duplexing，FDD)小区，所述第二信令指示的第一索引分别对应于上行载波和下行载波的第一资源可用性组合；或者，所述第二信令指示的第一索引对应于一个第一资源可用性组合，上行载波和下行载波分别对应于该第一资源可用性组合中的不同元素。
本实施例中，针对频域资源的可用性指示，或者符号与频域资源的可用性指示，第一索引指示2个第一资源可用性组合，分别用于指示上行载波和下行载波的资源可用性。或者，第一索引指示的第一资源可用性组合中的一部分元素用于指示上行载波的资源可用性，另一部分元素用于指示下行载波的资源可用性。
在一实施例中，资源配置信息还包括如下信息中的至少之一：第二信令有效载荷大小，频域可用性指示的无线网络临时标识(Radio Network Temporary Identity，RNTI)，监听PDCCH的搜索空间集合，第一资源可用性组合对应的第一索引在第二信令中的位置，第一参考子载波间隔，DU标识，DU的小区标识，MT标识，MT的小区标识，MT的波束，MT的波束组，MT的波束标识，MT的波束组标识，第二信令开始生效的时间间隔，第二信令生效的时间单元数。
在一实施例中，第一资源可用性组合满足以下之一：
对于一个DU配置至少一个第一资源可用性组合；对于DU的一个小区配置至少一个第一资源可用性组合；对于一个DU的一个载波配置至少一个第一资源可用性组合；对于MT的一个波束或者波束组，对于一个DU配置至少一个第一资源可用性组合；对于MT的一个小区的一个波束或者波束组，DU的一个小区或载波配置至少一个第一资源可用性组合。
在一实施例中，第二信令还包括如下至少之一：MT标识，MT的波束标识，MT的波束组标识，DU的标识，DU的小区标识，DU的载波标识，第二信令开始生效的时间间隔，第二信令生效的时间单元数。
在一实施例中，第二信令中第一资源可用性组合对应的第一索引用于指示从如下之一时隙开始的至少一个时间单元中频域资源的可用性：与检测到第二信令的MT时隙相交的且最早出现的DU时隙，与检测到第二信令的MT时隙相隔Ya个DU时隙的且最早出现的DU时隙，其中，Ya为大于或等于0的整数。
在一实施例中，第二信令中第一资源可用性组合对应的第一索引用于指示从如下之一时隙开始的至少一个时间单元中符号的可用性和频域资源的可用性：与检测到第二信令的MT时隙相交的且最早出现的DU时隙，与检测到第二信令的MT时隙相隔Yb个DU时隙的且最早出现的DU时隙，其中，Yb为大于或等于0的整数。
在一实施例中，资源配置信息对应的子载波间隔为如下之一：第一参考子载波间隔，指示软符号可用性的子载波间隔，DU资源配置提供的子载波间隔。
在一实施例中，该方法还包括：
步骤130：在如下至少一个搜索空间中监听指示可用性的PDCCH：公共搜索空间，专用搜索空间。
在一实施例中，该方法还包括：步骤100：获取频域资源配置信息；
所述频域资源配置信息包括如下至少之一：频域单元配置信息，频域单元的属性配置信息，可用性待定的频域单元配置；其中，所述频域单元配置信息包括如下参数中的至少之一：频域单元大小，频域单元数量，频域单元起始位置，频域单元RIV，频域单元标识，频域单元对应的子载波间隔；属性配置信息包括如下至少之一：硬，软，不可用。
在一实施例中，该方法还包括：步骤102：根据预定义信息确定一个载波对应的频域单元；预定义信息包括如下之一：频域单元大小，频域单元数量，频域单元大小和载波大小的关系，频域单元数量和载波大小的关系。
在一实施例中，步骤102，包括：
在预定义信息包括频域单元大小和载波大小的关系的情况下，根据载波大小及其与频域单元大小的关系确定频域单元的大小，进而确定载波对应的频域单元；或者，在预定义信息包括频域单元数量和载波大小的关系的情况下，根据载波大小及其与频域单元数量的关系确定频域单元的数量，进而确定载波对应的频域单元。
此外，预定义信息包括多套频域单元大小和载波大小的关系，则网络侧还提供配置指示信息，根据配置指示信息可以确定采用哪套频域单元大小和载波大小的配置，确定载波对应的频域单元。类似的，预定义信息包括多套频域单元数量和载波大小的关系，则网络侧还提供配置指示信息，根据配置指示信息可以确定采用哪套频域单元数量和载波大小的配置，确定载波对应的频域单元。
在一实施例中，第一资源可用性组合用于指示如下至少之一频域资源的可用性：频域单元，属性为软的频域单元，被配置的频域单元的集合，属性为软的符号对应的频域单元，属性为软且未被显式指示为可用的符号对应的频域单元，属性为软且被显式指示为可用的符号对应的频域单元，可用性待定的频域单元。
在一实施例中，该方法还包括：步骤104：通过如下方式中的至少之一确定或者预定义频域单元属性：
每个起始频域单元和频域单元数目的参数组合对应于一种频域单元属性；每个RIV对应于一种频域单元属性；通过位图确定频域单元的两种属性，所述两种属性为硬、软和不可用中的任意两种；通过至少2个位图确定频域单元的三种属性。
在一实施例中，步骤120，包括：通过如下方式之一确定一个时间单元中的时频资源的可用性：
在符号和频域单元都为可用的情况下，符号和频域单元对应的时频资源为可用的，在符号和频域单元中至少一个为不可用的情况下，符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是不可用的，除此以外的时频资源在满足设定条件的情况下是可用的；在符号和频域单元中至少一个为可用的且另一个不为不可用的情况下，符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是可用的，在符号和频域单元中至少一个为不可用的情况下，符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是不可用的，除此以外的时频资源在满足设定条件的情况下是可用的；在符号为可用且频域单元不为不可用的情况下，符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是可用的，在符号和频域单元中至少一个为不可用的情况下，符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是不可用的，除此以外的时频资源在满足设定条件的情况下是可用的；在频域单元为可用且符号不为不可用的情况下，符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是可用的，在符号和频域单元中至少一个为不可用的情况下，符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是不可用的，除此以外的时频资源在满足设定条件的情况下是可用的；在符号和频域单元都为可用的情况下，符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是可用的，在符号的可用性为不可用的情况下，符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是不可用的，除此以外的时频资源在满足设定条件的情况下是可用的；在符号和频域单元中至少一个为可用的且符号不为不可用的情况下，符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是可用的，在符号为不可用的情况下，符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是不可用的，除此以外的时频资源在满足设定条件的情况下是可用的；在符号为可用的情况下，符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是可用的，在符号为不可用的情况下，符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是不可用的，除此以外的时频资源在满足设定条件的情况下是可用的；在频域单元为可用的且符号不为不可用的情况下，符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是可用的，在符号为不可用的情况下，符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是不可用的，除此以外的时频资源在满足设定条件的情况下是可用的。
在一实施例中，所述资源可用性组合包括第二资源可用性组合，所述第二资源可用性组合用于指示如下至少之一：至少一个时间单元中MT的波束的可用性，至少一个时间单元中DU的波束的可用性。
本实施例中，IAB节点根据网络侧发送的资源配置信息，可以确定至少一个时间单元中的空域资源的可用性，第一信令中的第二资源可用性组合主要用于指示或确定空域资源的可用性。
在一实施例中，所述第二资源可用性组合中的元素指示如下至少之一：对应的时间单元中MT的波束的可用性，对应的时间单元中DU的波束的可用性；所述元素对应至少一个波束或者波束组。
本实施例中，第二资源可用性组合用于指示空域资源的可用性。第二资源可用性组合可以包含一个或多个元素，每个元素对应于一个时间单元。
在一实施例中，波束与如下之一关联：参考信号，SSB，SSB相关配置，传输配置指示(Transmission Configuration Indication，TCI)状态，探测参考信号，探测参考信号指示。
在一实施例中，资源配置信息还包括如下至少之一：
空域可用性指示的RNTI，第二信令有效载荷大小，监听PDCCH的搜索空间集合，MT的服务小区标识，DU的小区标识，第二资源可用性组合对应的第二索引在第二信令中的位置，第二参考子载波间隔，第二信令开始生效的第一时间间隔，第二信令开始生效的第二时间间隔，带宽部分BWP标识，第二信令生效的时间单元数。
本实施例中，在时间间隔的粒度为时隙的情况下，第一时间间隔表示为Y1，第二信令在与检测到第二信令的MT时隙相隔Y1个时隙的MT时隙开始生效；第二时间间隔表示为Y2，第二信令在与检测到第二信令的MT时隙相隔Y2个DU时隙的最早出现的DU时隙开始生效。在时间间隔的粒度不为时隙的情况下，需要将时间间隔换算成时隙数Y1和Y2。在一实施例中，MT的信号或者信道被配置的波束包含在所述第二信令指示的波束中，或者，MT的信号或者信道被配置的波束不包含所述第二信令指示的波束。
在一实施例中，所述组合索引包括第二资源可用性组合对应的第二索引；在MT或DU的小区配置了补充上行载波的情况下，所述第二信令指示的第二索引分别对应于小区载波和补充上行载波的第二资源可用性组合；或者，所述第二信令指示的第二索引对应于一个第二资源可用性组合，小区载波和补充上行载波分别对应于该第二资源可用性组合中的不同元素。
本实施例中，针对空域资源的可用性指示，第二索引指示2个第二资源可用性组合，分别用于指示小区载波和补充上行载波的资源可用性。或者，第二索引指示的第二资源可用性组合中的一部分元素用于指示小区载波的资源可用性，另一部分元素用于指示补充上行载波的资源可用性。
在一实施例中，所述组合索引包括第二资源可用性组合对应的第二索引；对于MT或DU的FDD小区，所述第二信令指示的第二索引分别对应于上行载波和下行载波的第二资源可用性组合；或者，所述第二信令指示的第二索引对应于一个第二资源可用性组合，上行载波和下行载波分别对应于该第二资源可用性组合中的不同元素。
本实施例中，针对空域资源的可用性指示，第二索引指示2个第二资源可用性组合，分别用于指示上行载波和下行载波的资源可用性。或者，第二索引指示的第二资源可用性组合中的一部分元素用于指示上行载波的资源可用性，另一部分元素用于指示下行载波的资源可用性。
在一实施例中，第二信令中第二资源可用性组合对应的第二索引用于指示从如下之一时隙开始的至少一个时间单元中MT的波束的可用性：检测到第二信令的MT时隙，与检测到第二信令的MT时隙相隔Y1个时隙的MT时隙，与检测到第二信令的MT时隙相交的最早出现的DU时隙，与检测到第二信令的MT时隙相隔Y2个DU时隙的最早出现的DU时隙，其中，Y1、Y2为大于或等于0的整数。
在一实施例中，第二信令中第二资源可用性组合对应的第二索引用于指示从如下之一时隙开始的至少一个时间单元中DU的波束的可用性：检测到第二信令的MT时隙，与检测到第二信令的MT时隙相隔Y1个时隙的MT时隙，与检测到第二信令的MT时隙相交的最早出现的DU时隙，与检测到第二信令的MT时隙相隔Y2个DU时隙的最早出现的DU时隙，其中，Y1、Y2为大于或等于0的整数。
以下通过示例对资源可用性确定方法进行说明。
在示例1与示例2中，通过扩展DCI格式2_5或者采用新的DCI格式或者采用MAC CE，指示IAB节点DU的资源的可用性。
示例1：可用性组合中的每个元素指示至少一个可用性图案索引，一个索引对应一个可用性图案，指示频域资源的可用性。可以考虑针对MT的波束指示频域资源的可用性。
IAB节点从网络侧(CU或者IAB节点的父节点或者IAB节点MT的服务小区)获取资源配置信息，包括第一信令和第二信令，针对频域资源，第一信令提供了至少一个第一资源可用性组合，以及每个第一资源可用性组合与第一索引的对应关系；第二信令用于指示至少一个第一索引。IAB节点根据第二信令指示的第一索引可以确定相应的第一资源可用性组合，从而确定该第一资源可用性组合指示的相应时间单元内的频域资源的可用性。第二信令包括如下之 一：DCI，MAC CE。
在一实施例中，每个第一资源可用性组合指示IAB节点DU的小区或者载波的至少一个时间单元中的频域资源的可用性。
在一实施例中，第一资源可用性组合中的一个元素值指示一个时间单元中频域资源的可用性图案，资源配置信息还包括频域资源的可用性图案集合，或者预定义频域资源的可用性图案集合。
在一实施例中，IAB节点从网络侧(CU或者IAB节点的父节点或者IAB节点MT的服务小区)获取IAB节点DU的频域资源配置信息。其中，频域资源配置信息包括如下至少之一：频域单元配置信息，频域单元的属性配置信息，可用性待定的频域单元配置信息。
在一实施例中，频域单元配置信息包括如下参数中的至少之一：频域单元大小，频域单元数量，频域单元起始位置，频域单元RIV，频域单元标识，频域单元对应的子载波间隔。
例如，一个频域单元RIV和一个频域单元对应，根据RIV可以确定频域单元起始位置和频域单元大小。或者一个频域单元RIV对应一个起始频域单元和连续的频域单元数，即一个频域单元RIV对应从起始频域单元开始的连续至少一个频域单元。
在一实施例中，对于IAB节点DU一个小区或者载波或者BWP，频域资源配置信息包括至少一套频域单元配置信息。
在一实施例中，频域单元的属性包括如下至少之一：硬的，软的，不可用的。
在一实施例中，可用性待定的频域单元配置信息用于指示可用性待定的频域单元。
在一实施例中，可用性待定的频域单元在满足条件的情况下，IAB节点DU认为该频域单元可用。例如，父节点通过信令显式指示可以使用该频域单元，或者IAB节点DU隐式判断DU可以使用该频域单元，或者IAB节点DU判断IAB节点MT不使用该频域单元。
在一实施例中，如果IAB节点没有被提供频域单元的属性配置，则IAB节点假定Hard符号和显式指示为可用的Soft符号对应的频域单元的属性为硬的，没有显式指示为可用的Soft符号对应的频域单元的属性为软的。
在一实施例中，如果IAB节点没有被提供频域单元的属性配置，则IAB节点假定Hard符号和Soft符号对应的频域单元的属性为如下之一：硬的，软的。
在一实施例中，如果IAB节点没有被提供频域单元的属性配置，则IAB节点假定不可用符号对应的频域单元的属性为不可用。
在一实施例中，IAB节点根据预定义方式确定一个载波对应的可用性待定的频域单元。例如，预定特征的频域单元为可用性待定的频域单元。
在一实施例中，IAB节点根据预定义方式确定一个载波对应的频域单元。其中，预定义信息包括如下之一：频域单元大小，频域单元数量，频域单元大小和载波大小的关系，频域单元数量和载波大小的关系。
在一实施例中，IAB节点根据预定义的频域单元大小和载波大小的关系，以及载波大小，确定频域单元的大小。
在一实施例中，IAB节点根据预定义的频域单元数量和载波大小的关系，以及载波大小，确定频域单元的数量。
在一实施例中，预定义多个频域单元大小和载波大小的关系的配置，IAB节点根据载波大小以及配置指示信息确定频域单元的大小。其中，配置指示信息用于指示采用预定义的哪个配置，例如，配置1为：载波大小为1至Z1个资源块(Resource Block，RB)时，频域单元大小为X1；载波大小大于Z1个RBs时，频域单元大小为X2个RBs。配置2为：载波大小为1至Z1’个RBs时，频域单元大小为X1’；载波大小大于Z1’个RBs时，频域单元大小为X2’个RBs，配置指示信息指示采用配置1还是配置2，然后根据载波大小和被指示的配置可以确定频域单元的大小，配置指示信息由网络侧提供。Z1、X1、X2，Z1’、X1’、X2’为大于0的整数。
在一实施例中，预定义多个频域单元数量和载波大小的关系的配置，IAB节点根据载波大小以及配置指示信息确定频域单元的数量。其中，配置指示信息用于指示采用预定义的哪个配置，配置指示信息由网络侧提供。
下面给出确定一个载波对应的频域单元的方法，例如，实现时可以采用如下方法之一：
方法1：对于一个起始位置为N start、大小为N size个资源块的载波，其包含的频域单元数量(N FU)为N FU＝ceil((N size+(N startmod P))/P)，其中，第一个频域单元的大小为
Figure PCTCN2022071712-appb-000001
如果(N start+N size)mod P＞0，最后一个频域单元的大小为
Figure PCTCN2022071712-appb-000002
否则，最后一个频域单元的大小为P；其余频域单元大小为P。
方法2：对于大小为N size个资源块的载波，其包含的频域单元数量(N FU)为N FU＝ceil(N size/P)，第一个(或者最后一个)频域单元的大小为N sizemod P，其余频域单元大小为P。
方法3：频域单元n是从资源块Offset+P*n开始的P个资源块。其中Offset为频域单元0的起始位置对应的资源块编号，或者为频域单元0的起始位置相对参考点A或者载波下边界偏移的资源块数。例如，其中Offset可以由网络侧提供，或者预定义。
方法4：频域单元n是从资源块S n开始的P n个资源块。n为非负整数，S n为频域单元n的起始位置对应的资源块编号，或者为频域单元n的起始位置相对参考点A或者载波下边界偏移的资源块数；P n为频域单元大小。例如，可以由网络侧提供RIV值，根据RIV值确定S n和P n，或者由网络侧直接提供S n和P n。
方法5：对于大小为N size个资源块的载波，将其等分为M份，每份为一个频域单元。IAB节点不期望N size/M为非整数。
方法6：对于大小为N size个资源块的载波，定义M 1＝N sizemod M，K 1＝ceil(N size/M)。如果M 1＞0，前M 1个频域单元大小为K 1，其余频域单元大小为K 1-1；如果M 1＝0，所有频域单元大小均为K 1。
其中，mod为取模(或者取余)运算，ceil()表示上取整运算，P为配置的或者根据预定义方式确定的频域单元大小，M为配置的或者根据预定义方式确定的频域单元数量。资源块编号从参考点A或者载波的下边界开始，即资源块0的子载波0对应参考点A或者载波的下边界，或者对应载波的资源块0的子载波0。上述方法仅仅是举例，也不排除其他方法。
在一实施例中，可用性图案用于指示如下资源中的至少之一的可用性：频域单元，被配置为软的频域单元，被配置的频域单元的集合，被配置为软的符号对应的频域单元，被配置为软且未被显式指示为可用的符号对应的频域单元，被配置为软且被显式指示为可用的符号对应的频域单元，可用性待定的频域单元。
在一实施例中，所述频域单元为如下至少之一对应的频域单元：载波，BWP。
在一实施例中，可用性图案通过如下方式中的至少之一被配置或者被预定义：
1)指示起始频域单元和频域单元数目对应的频域单元的可用性；2)指示资源指示值(Resource Indicator Value，RIV)对应的频域单元的可用性。例如，一个RIV对应一个起始频域单元和连续频域单元数目，根据RIV可以确定从起始频域单元开始的连续至少一个频域单元；3)与频域单元对应的位图(Bitmap)，用比特值表示频域单元的可用性，例如比特值为1表示频域单元可用，比特值为0表示频域单元不可用或者不指示频域单元的可用性；4)指示频域单元索引或索引组对应的频域单元的可用性；5)指示预定特征的频域单元的可用性。
例如，可用性图案通过频域单元索引或索引组指示频域单元的可用性。表1为一种第一资源可用性组合的元素的取值(组合的元素对应多个可用性图案索引时，为组合的元素中的元素的取值)与可用性图案的映射关系表。表1中所有可用性图案构成一个可用性图案集合。
表1元素的取值与可用性图案的映射关系表
Figure PCTCN2022071712-appb-000003
如表1所示，以值为1为例，对应的可用性图案为：频域单元x0，x1，x2，x3被指示为可用，没有指示其他的频域单元的可用性或者其他的频域单元不可用。例如，可用性图案通过与频域单元对应的Bitmap指示。
表2为另一种第一资源可用性组合的元素的取值(组合的元素对应多个可用性图案索引时，为组合的元素中的元素的取值)与可用性图案的映射关系表。表2中所有可用性图案构成一个可用性图案集合。如表2所示，假设Bitmap大小为8比特，和8个频域单元一一对应。可用性图案的索引为1，对应的Bitmap中比特值为1表示对应的频域单元被指示为可用，比特值为0表示没有指示对应的频域单元的可用性或者对应的频域单元不可用。
表2元素的取值与可用性图案的映射关系表
元素的取值(可用性图案索引) 频域资源可用性指示(可用性图案)
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0
2 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
...... .........
K-1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
K 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
如果Bitmap大小为N，但只有N1个频域单元(N1小于N)需要指示可用性，即Bitmap大小大于被指示的频域单元数，则忽略Bitmap中的N-N1比特，例如忽略Bitmap中的前N-N1比特，或者后N-N1比特，特定位置的N-N1比特；或者用Bitmap的前N1比特(或者后N1比特)来指示N1个频域单元的可用性，忽略其他比特值；或者配置或者预定义多个Bitmap大小不同的可用性图案集合(例如，配置或者预定义一个如表2所示的Bitmap大小为8比特的可用性图案集合，再配置或者预定义一个小于8比特的Bitmap表示的可用性图案集合)；或者允许配置或者预定义的可用性图案集合中每个可用性图案的Bitmap大小不同。
如果Bitmap大小为N，有N2个频域单元(N2大于N)需要指示可用性，即Bitmap大小小于被指示的频域单元数，则前N2-N或后N2-N个频域单元不可用；或者，没有对前N2-N或后N2-N个频域单元进行可用性指示；或者，可用性图案(即Bitmap)周期对应频域单元的可用性，例如，N＝6的Bitmap为xxyyxx，如果N2＝9，则用周期重复后的Bitmap xxyyxxxxy(即前3比特和后3比特相同)指示频域单元的可用性。
在一实施例中，为IAB节点DU配置至少一个可用性图案集合。在本实施例中，IAB节点DU的所有小区或者载波共享可用性图案集合。
在一实施例中，为IAB节点DU的一个小区或者载波配置至少一个可用性图案集合。
在一实施例中，对于IAB节点MT的至少一个波束或者波束组，为IAB节点DU的一个小区或者载波配置至少一个可用性图案集合。
在一实施例中，预定特征包括如下至少之一：频域单元索引为偶数，频域单元索引为奇数，频域单元索引按预定公式计算后取特定值，按照预定公式计算频域单元索引，具有特定属性的频域单元，所有频域单元。例如，预定特征的频域单元可用，非预定特征的频域单元不可用或者不指示非预定特征的频域单元的可用性。
在一实施例中，频域单元为如下之一：资源块，子载波，资源块组，子载波组，预编码资源块组(Precoding Resource Block Group，PRG)，BWP。
在一实施例中，如果频域上交叠的至少两个频域单元中至少一个被指示为可用，则交叠的频域资源为可用。
在一实施例中，一个可用性图案对应一个可用性图案索引。
在一实施例中，可用性包括如下至少之一：可用，不可用，不指示可用性。
在一实施例中，Bitmap包含的比特数为如下之一：预定义或者配置的值，预定特征的频域单元个数，预定属性的频域单元个数，被配置为软的频域单元个数，被配置的频域单元的集合包含的频域单元个数。
在一实施例中，Bitmap包含的比特数大于或等于如下之一：预定特征的频域单元个数X，预定属性的频域单元个数，被配置为软的频域单元个数X，被配置的频域单元的集合包含的频域单元个数X。使用Bitmap中预定特征的X比特指示频域单元的可用性，例如从Bitmap的最低有效位开始的X比特，或者以Bitmap的最高有效位结束的X比特。
在一实施例中，第一资源可用性组合指示至少一个时间单元中频域资源的可用性。
在一实施例中，一个第一资源可用性组合对应一个第一资源可用性组合索引。
在一实施例中，第一资源可用性组合中的每个元素指示一个时间单元中频域资源的可用性，第一资源可用性组合中的每个元素值对应一个可用性图案索引，所述可用性图案索引对应的可用性图案应用到一个时间单元对应的频域资源上。
图2为一实施例提供的一种资源配置信息的示意图。如图2所示，指示IAB节点DU的两个小区或者载波的频域资源的可用性，第一资源可用性组合的组合索引0至N对应的可用性组合构成一个第一资源可用性组合集合，第一资源可用性组合的组合索引0至M对应的可用性组合构成另一个第一资源可用性组合集合，两个第一资源可用性组合集合分别对应两个小区或者载波。DCI中的一个指示索引域(即第一索引，取值为一个第一资源可用性组合的组合索引)指示了至少一个时间单元中频域资源的可用性。IAB节点DU的两个小区或者载波分别被提供指示域索引在DCI中的位置。第一资源可用性组合中一个元素(取值为一个可用性图案的索引)指示了在一个时间单元中频域资源的可用性。例如对于第一个小区，参见图2中左侧的表格，第一资源可用性组合的组合索引为3，指示了8个时间单元中频域资源的可用性图案的索引分别为：1、1、6、4、2、2、1、1。对于每个时间单元，可根据其对应的第一资源可用性组合的元素(即可用性图案的索引)，从如表2或表3中所示的映射关系中确定相应频域 单元的可用性。
在一实施例中，第一资源可用性组合中的每个元素指示一个时间单元中频域资源的可用性，第一资源可用性组合中的每个元素值对应至少一个可用性图案索引，一个可用性图案索引应用到如下至少之一对应的频域资源上：一个时间单元的一个方向的符号，一个时间单元的一种属性的符号，一个时间单元的一种时域资源类型的符号。
图3为另一实施例提供的一种资源配置信息的示意图。如图3所示，对于一个可用性图案应用到一个时间单元的一个方向的符号对应的频域资源上，第一资源可用性组合索引0至N对应的可用性组合构成一个第一资源可用性组合集合，第一资源可用性组合中的每个元素值对应3个可用性图案索引，其中第一个可用性图案索引对应的可用性图案应用到时间单元的第一方向的符号(例如下行符号)对应的频域资源上，第二个可用性图案索引对应的可用性图案应用到时间单元的第二方向的符号(例如灵活符号)对应的频域资源上，第三个可用性图案索引对应的可用性图案应用到时间单元的第三方向的符号(例如上行符号)对应的频域资源上。第一方向的符号、第二方向的符号和第三方向的符号分别为下行、灵活和上行符号。本实施例中仅仅是举例说明，也不排除其他可能，例如第一方向的符号、第二方向的符号和三方向的符号分别为上行、灵活和下行符号，或者分别为上行、灵活和下行符号的其他顺序。
另外，第一方向的符号、第二方向的符号和三方向的符号对应的实际符号方向也可以根据符号方向在时间单元中的时间顺序确定，如果符号方向在时间单元中的顺序为下行-灵活-上行，或者下行-灵活，或者灵活-上行，则第一方向的符号、第二方向的符号和第三方向的符号分别为下行、灵活和上行符号；如果符号方向在时间单元中的顺序为上行-灵活-下行，或者上行-灵活，或者灵活-下行，则第一方向的符号、第二方向的符号和第三方向的符号分别为上行、灵活和下行符号；如果时间单元全为下行、全为上行或者全为灵活符号，则预定义3个可用性图案索引和符号方向的对应关系，例如，全为下行符号的时间单元与该时间单元对应的第一可用性图案索引对应，全为灵活符号的时间单元与该时间单元对应的第二可用性图案索引对应，全为上行符号的时间单元与该时间单元对应的第三可用性图案索引对应。DCI中的一个指示索引域(取值为一个第一资源可用性组合的组合索引)指示了至少一个时间单元中频域资源的可用性。第一资源可用性组合中一个元素(取值为3个可用性图案索引构成的集合)指示了一个时间单元中不同方向的符号对应的频域资源的可用性。
例如图3中，DCI中的指示索引域指示的第一资源可用性组合的组合索引(即第一索引)为3，即指示3个时间单元中频域资源的可用性，对于第一个时 间单元，可用性图案索引1、2和2分别应用到该时间单元中3个方向的符号对应的频域资源上；对于第二个时间单元，可用性图案索引6、4和2分别应用到该时间单元中3个方向的符号对应的频域资源上；对于第三个时间单元，可用性图案索引2、1和1分别应用到该时间单元中3个方向的符号对应的频域资源上。当然也不排除第一资源可用性组合中的每个元素值应用到一个时间单元的两个方向的符号对应的频域资源上，例如应用到下行和上行符号对应的频域资源上，这种情况下可用性组合的每个元素值对应2个可用性图案的索引，其中第一个可用性图案索引对应的可用性图案应用到时间单元的第一方向的符号(例如下行符号)对应的频域资源上，第二个可用性图案索引对应的可用性图案应用到时间单元的第二方向的符号(例如上行符号)对应的频域资源上，第一方向的符号和第二方向的符号分别为下行和上行符号仅仅是举例，也不排除第一方向的符号和第二方向的符号分别为上行和下行符号。
例如，第一资源可用性组合中的每个元素值应用到一个时间单元的至少一种属性的符号对应的频域资源上，可以应用到Hard和Soft符号对应的频域资源上，与应用到一个时间单元的下行和上行方向的符号对应的频域资源上的例子类似，此时第一资源可用性组合的每个元素值对应2个可用性图案索引，分别应用到一个时间单元的Hard和Soft符号对应的频域资源上。当然也不排除应用到一个时间单元的3个属性的符号对应的频域资源上，例如应用到Hard、Soft和不可用符号对应的频域资源上，与应用到一个时间单元的3个方向的符号对应的频域资源上的例子类似，这时可用性组合的每个元素值对应3个可用性图案索引，分别应用到一个时隙的Hard、Soft和不可用符号对应的频域资源上。
例如，第一资源可用性组合中的每个元素值应用到一个时间单元的至少一种时域资源类型的符号对应的频域资源上，可以应用到7种时域资源类型或者其中的部分时域资源类型对应的频域资源上，应用的时域资源类型的数量与第一资源可用性组合的每个元素值对应可用性图案索引的数量有关，第一资源可用性组合的每个元素值对应的可用性图案索引分别应用一个时隙的7种时域资源类型或者其中的部分时域资源类型对应的频域资源上。
在本申请中，可以不区分可用性图案索引和可用性图案，可以理解为两者是等价的，具有一一对应关系，都用于指示时间单元内频域资源的可用性。
在一实施例中，第一资源可用性组合中的一个元素对应一个可用性图案，每K个元素(或者每K个可用性图案)关联于一个时间单元的以下之一对应的频域资源：K个方向的符号，K种属性的符号，K种时域资源类型的符号。
在一实施例中，第一资源可用性组合中的每个元素指示一个时间单元中频域资源的可用性，对于第一资源可用性组合中的部分元素(记为第一类元素)， 每个元素值可指示多个可用性图案索引，多个可用性图案索引应用到如下至少之一对应的频域资源上：一个时间单元的多个方向的符号，一个时间单元的多种属性的符号，一个时间单元的多种时域资源类型的符号；对于第一资源可用性组合中的另一部分元素(记为第二类元素)，每个元素值指示一个可用性图案索引，该可用性图案索引对应的可用性图案应用到一个时间单元对应的频域资源上。
在一实施例中，第一资源可用性组合中的每个元素指示至少一个时间单元中频域资源的可用性。例如，第一资源可用性组合中的不同的元素应用到如下至少之一对应的频域资源上：不同方向的符号，不同属性的符号，不同时域资源类型的符号。
在一实施例中，资源配置信息还包括第一资源可用性组合被应用的时间单元数。
在一实施例中，第一资源可用性组合中的每个元素指示至少一个时间单元中频域资源的可用性，第一资源可用性组合中的每个元素指示一个可用性图案索引，该可用性图案索引应用到如下至少之一对应的频域资源上：至少一个方向的符号，至少一种属性的符号，至少一种时域资源类型的符号。
在一实施例中，如果IAB节点DU小区被配置了补充上行载波，则第二信令(DCI或者MAC CE)中指示的一个第一索引可对应两个第一资源可用性组合，一个第一资源可用性组合用于指示小区载波(或时分双工(Time Division Duplexing，TDD)载波)对应的频域资源的可用性，另一个第一资源可用性组合用于指示补充上行载波对于的频域资源的可用性。
在一实施例中，如果IAB节点DU小区被配置了补充上行载波，则第二信令(DCI或者MAC CE)中指示的一个第一索引可对应一个第一资源可用性组合，小区载波(或TDD载波)和补充上行载波分别对应于该第一资源可用性组合中的不同元素。
例如，IAB节点DU小区载波(或TDD载波)和补充上行载波对应的可用性指示的参考子载波间隔分别为μ和μ SUL。如果μ≥μ SUL，则对于DCI或者MAC CE中的第一索引指示的第一资源可用性组合中的每
Figure PCTCN2022071712-appb-000004
个元素，前
Figure PCTCN2022071712-appb-000005
个元素可应用于小区载波，下一个元素应用于补充上行载波；如果μ＜μ SUL，则对于DCI或者MAC CE中的第一索引指示的第一资源可用性组合中的每个
Figure PCTCN2022071712-appb-000006
元素，第一个元素应用于小区载波，后
Figure PCTCN2022071712-appb-000007
个元素应用于补充上行载波。
在一实施例中，对于IAB节点DU的FDD小区，第二信令(DCI或者MAC  CE)中指示的一个第一索引可对应两个第一资源可用性组合，两个第一资源可用性组合分别对应下行载波和上行载波。
在一实施例中，对于IAB节点DU的FDD小区，第二信令(DCI或者MAC CE)中指示的一个第一索引对应一个第一资源可用性组合，下行载波和上行载波分别对应第一资源可用性组合中的不同元素。
例如，与IAB节点DU小区被配置了补充上行载波的情况类似，将上述例子中的(或TDD载波)和补充上行载波分别替换为下行载波和上行载波，同时可用性指示的参考子载波间隔也相应替换即可。或者，将上述例子中的(或TDD载波)和补充上行载波分别替换为上行载波和下行载波，同时可用性指示的参考子载波间隔也相应替换。
在一实施例中资源配置信息还包括如下信息中的至少之一：DCI有效载荷大小，频域可用性指示的RNTI，监听PDCCH的搜索空间集合，第一资源可用性组合的标识(即第一索引)在DCI中的位置。
例如，资源配置信息包括第一索引在DCI中的位置。频域资源的可用性指示和Soft符号可用性指示使用同一个DCI格式和RNTI，DCI中不同位置的指示索引域分别指示Soft符号可用性和频域资源的可用性。
又如，资源配置信息包括频域可用性指示的RNTI和第一资源可用性组合索引在DCI中的位置。频域资源的可用性指示和Soft符号可用性指示使用同一个的DCI格式。IAB节点通过RNTI区分DCI提供的是Soft符号可用性指示还是频域资源的可用性指示，即Soft符号可用性指示和频域可用性指示对应不同的RNTI。
又如，资源配置信息包括DCI有效载荷大小，频域可用性指示的RNTI和第一资源可用性组合索引在DCI中的位置。频域资源的可用性指示的相关配置与Soft符号可用性指示相关的配置完全独立配置。
在一实施例中，DCI中指示索引域的值指示至少一个时间单元中Soft符号可用性和频域资源的可用性。也就是说，指示索引域对应一个Soft符号可用性组合和一个第一资源可用性组合，指示索引域的值指示至少一个时间单元中Soft符号的可用性和频域资源的可用性。
例如，Soft符号可用性指示和频域资源的可用性指示使用同一个DCI格式、RNTI和DCI中的指示索引域，该指示索引域对应一个Soft符号可用性组合和一个频域资源可用性组合。
在一实施例中，资源配置信息还包括第一参考子载波间隔。
在一实施例中，IAB节点DU的小区或者载波的对应的第一参考子载波间隔 为如下之一：
与IAB节点DU小区或者载波的频域资源配置中的子载波间隔相同；与IAB节点DU小区或者载波的时域资源配置中的子载波间隔相同；与IAB节点DU小区或者载波的时频域源配置中的子载波间隔相同；与IAB节点DU小区或载波的soft符号可用性指示的子载波间隔相同。
在一实施例中，第一参考子载波间隔包括如下至少之一：第一子载波间隔，第二子载波间隔。
在一实施例中，对于TDD，第一子载波间隔为IAB节点DU小区的可用性指示的参考子载波间隔。
在一实施例中，对于TDD，第一子载波间隔为IAB节点DU小区的TDD载波的可用性指示的参考子载波间隔，在IAB节点DU小区被配置补充上行载波的情况下，第二子载波间隔为补充上行载波的可用性指示的参考子载波间隔。
在一实施例中，对于FDD，第一子载波间隔和第二子载波间隔分别为IAB节点DU小区的DL载波和UL载波的可用性指示的参考子载波间隔。
在一实施例中，资源配置信息包括IAB节点的至少一个DU的至少一个小区或载波的如下信息中的至少之一：第一资源可用性组合集合，第一资源可用性组合索引在DCI中的位置，第一参考子载波间隔。
在一实施例中，资源配置信息包括对于IAB节点的至少一个MT的至少一个服务小区的至少一个波束或者波束组，IAB节点的至少一个DU的至少一个小区或载波的如下信息中的至少之一：第一资源可用性组合集合；频域资源可用性组合索引在DCI中的位置；可用性指示的参考子载波间隔。
在一实施例中，频域资源可用性配置信息包括如下信息中的至少之一：IAB节点的至少一个DU的至少一个小区或载波的第一资源可用性组合集合；对于IAB节点的至少一个MT的至少一个服务小区的至少一个波束或者波束组，IAB节点的至少一个DU的至少一个小区或载波的第一资源可用性组合索引在DCI中的位置；IAB节点的至少一个DU的至少一个小区或载波对应的第一参考子载波间隔。
在一实施例中，资源配置信息还包括如下信息中的至少之一：MT标识，MT的波束标识，MT的波束组标识，DU标识，DU的小区标识，DU的载波标识，指示信令开始生效的时间间隔，第二信令生效的时间单元数。
在一实施例中，波束标识通过如下信息中的至少之一来表示：参考信号资源标识，SSB索引，传输配置指示(Transmission Configuration Indicator，TCI)状态标识，探测参考信号(Sounding Reference Signal，SRS)资源指示，索引。
在一实施例中，波束或者波束标识与如下之一关联：参考信号，SSB，SSB相关配置，TCI状态，探测参考信号，探测参考信号指示。
在一实施例中，参考信号包含但不限于如下至少之一：CSI-RS，信道状态信息干扰测量信号(Channel State Information InterferenceMeasurement Signal，CSI-IM)，相位追踪参考信号(Phase-tracking reference signals，PTRS)，定位参考信号(Positioning Reference Signal，PRS)，SRS。
在一实施例中，SSB相关配置包括如下至少之一：SSB索引，SSB频域位置，SSB使用的子载波间隔，SSB所在的半帧位置。
在一实施例中，配置或者预定义SRS资源指示与SRS资源之间的关系。
在一实施例中，通过第二信令(第二信令为MAC CE)指示IAB节点DU的小区或者载波的至少一个时间单元的频域资源可用性。其中，MAC CE包含如下至少一个元素：至少一个IAB节点MT标识；至少一个IAB节点MT的波束标识，至少一个IAB节点MT波束组标识；至少一个IAB节点DU标识；至少一个IAB节点DU的至少一个小区标识，至少一个IAB节点DU的至少一个载波标识；至少一个第一资源可用性组合索引，第一资源可用性组合索引指示IAB节点DU的小区或者载波的至少一个时间单元中频域资源的可用性；第二信令开始生效的时间间隔，第二信令生效的时间单元数。
在一实施例中，IAB节点MT使用MAC CE中MT的波束标识或者波束组标识对应的波束时，资源配置信息和对频域资源的可用性指示对IAB节点DU是有效的或者无效的。
在一实施例中，频域资源的可用性对应的起始时隙为：与检测到DCI或者MAC CE的IAB节点MT时隙相交的、且最早出现的IAB节点DU时隙，或者，与检测到DCI或者MAC CE的IAB节点MT时隙相隔Y个IAB节点DU时隙的、且最早出现的IAB节点DU时隙，其中Y为大于或等于0的整数。
第二信令中指示的第一索引向IAB节点DU指示从起始时隙开始至少一个时隙中频域资源的可用性。
在一实施例中，Y与第二信令开始生效的时间间隔有关。例如，时间间隔的粒度为时隙，则Y与时间间隔相等。如果时间间隔的粒度不是时隙，则需要将时间间隔换算成时隙数Y。
在一实施例中，将第一参考子载波间隔作为第一资源可用性指示中时间单元对应的子载波间隔。
在一实施例中，将第一参考子载波间隔作为频域单元对应的子载波间隔。
在一实施例中，如果IAB节点DU的小区或者载波对应的第一参考子载波间隔大于或等于IAB节点DU的小区或者载波的Soft符号可用性指示的子载波间隔，则第一资源可用性组合中的一个元素值指示N个第一时间单元中频域资源的可用性图案，或者指示一个第二时间单元中频域资源的可用性图案，其中，第一时间单元为第一参考子载波间隔对应的时间单元，第二时间单元为Soft符号可用性指示的子载波间隔对应的时间单元，N为第一参考子载波间隔与Soft符号可用性指示的子载波间隔的比值。
在一实施例中，IAB节点不期望IAB节点DU的小区或者载波对应的第一参考子载波间隔小于IAB节点DU的小区或者载波的Soft符号可用性指示的子载波间隔。
在一实施例中，如果一个时间单元中频域资源的可用性被多个DCI或者MAC CE指示。则IAB节点期望多个DCI或者MAC CE指示的同一时间单元的频域资源的可用性相同。
在一实施例中，频域资源可用性仅指示Soft符号对应的频域资源的可用性。
在一实施例中，频域资源可用性仅指示Hard符号和Soft符号对应的频域资源的可用性。
在一实施例中，频域资源可用性指示所有属性的符号对应的频域资源的可用性。
在一实施例中，IAB节点在如下至少一个搜索空间中监听指示资源可用性的PDCCH：公共搜索空间；专用搜索空间。
在一实施例中，对于IAB节点DU的一个小区或者载波的同一个时频资源，IAB节点不期望收到多个父节点的DCI或者MAC CE指示Soft符号的可用性和/或频域资源的可用性。
在一实施例中，对于IAB节点DU的一个小区或者载波的同一个时频资源，IAB节点不期望由多个父节点的DCI或者MAC CE指示的Soft符号可用性和/或频域资源可用性不同。
示例2：可用性组合中的每个元素指示至少一个可用性图案索引，一个索引对应一个可用性图案，指示时频资源的可用性。
IAB节点从网络侧获取资源配置信息，包括第一信令和第二信令，针对时频资源，第一信令提供了至少一个第一资源可用性组合，以及每个第一资源可用性组合与第一索引的对应关系；第二信令用于指示至少一个第一索引。IAB节点根据第二信令指示的第一索引可以确定相应的第一资源可用性组合，从而确定该第一资源可用性组合指示的相应时间单元内的时频资源的可用性。第二 信令包括如下之一：DCI，MAC CE。
一个第一资源可用性组合用于指示IAB节点DU的小区或者载波的至少一个时间单元中Soft符号的可用性和频域资源的可用性。
例如，第二信令重用DCI格式2_5，重用已有的时域资源可用性指示的所有信令以及资源可用性组合，通过改变资源可用性组合中的元素值的含义，根据DCI格式2_5中AI索引确定时域资源可用性和频域资源的可用性。或者，定义一个新的第二信令，第二信令中指示的第一索引用于指示时域资源可用性和频域资源可用性。
在一实施例中，第二信令中指示的第一索引指示IAB节点DU的小区或者载波的一个或者多个时间单元中soft符号的可用性和频域资源的可用性，第一索引对应的第一资源可用性组合中的每个元素值指示一个时间单元的Soft符号可用性和频域资源的可用性。
在一实施例中，第一索引对应的第一资源可用性组合中的每个元素值指示一个时间单元的Soft符号可用性和频域资源的可用性。对于时间单元中的Hard符号，每个元素值表示该符号对应的频域资源的可用性，例如，指示每个方向的Hard符号对应的频域资源的可用性；对于时间单元中的Soft符号，元素值表示该符号及其对应的频域资源的可用性，例如，指示每个方向的Soft符号的可用性，以及每个方向的Soft符号对应的频域资源的可用性。
表3为一种第一资源可用性组合的元素与时频资源可用性图案的映射关系表。表3中所有可用性图案构成一个可用性图案集合。例如，一个时间单元的时域资源类型包括Hard DL、Soft F和Soft UL如表3所示，在第一资源可用性组合中的元素值(即可用性图案的索引)为1的情况下，Hard DL符号对应的频域资源被指示为可用(时域符号是Hard，当然Hard DL符号可用)。Soft UL和Soft F符号及其对应的频域资源的可用性没有被指示。在第一资源可用性组合中的元素值(即可用性图案的索引)为2的情况下，Hard DL符号对应的频域资源的可用性没有被指示(时域符号是Hard，当然Hard DL符号可用)；Soft UL符号及其对应的频域资源被指示为可用；Soft F符号及其对应的频域资源的可用性没有被指示。以此类推。
表3第一资源可用性组合的元素与时频资源可用性图案的映射关系表
Figure PCTCN2022071712-appb-000008
Figure PCTCN2022071712-appb-000009
Figure PCTCN2022071712-appb-000010
在一实施例中，第一索引对应的第一资源可用性组合中的每个元素值指示一个时间单元的Soft符号可用性和频域资源的可用性。一个元素值表示Soft符号及其对应频域资源的可用性。对于时间单元中的Hard符号和不可用符号不指示可用性。
表4为另一种第一资源可用性组合的元素与时频资源可用性图案的映射关系表。表4中所有可用性图案构成一个可用性图案集合。如表4所示，在第一资源可用性组合中的元素值(即可用性图案的索引)为1的情况下，DL方向的Soft符号及其对应的频域资源被指示为可用，没有对UL和F方向的Soft符号及其对应的频域资源进行可用性指示。在第一资源可用性组合中的元素值(即可用性图案的索引)为2的情况下，UL方向的Soft符号及其对应的频域资源被指示为可用，没有对DL和F方向的Soft符号及其对应的频域资源进行可用性指示。以此类推。
表4第一资源可用性组合的元素与时频资源可用性图案的映射关系表
Figure PCTCN2022071712-appb-000011
Figure PCTCN2022071712-appb-000012
在一实施例中，IAB节点从网络侧(CU或者IAB节点的父节点或者IAB节点MT的服务小区)获取IAB节点DU的频域资源配置信息。其中，频域资源配置信息包括如下至少之一：频域单元配置信息，频域单元的属性配置信息，可用性待定的频域单元配置信息。
在一实施例中，频域单元配置信息包括如下参数中的至少之一：频域单元大小，频域单元数量，频域单元起始位置，频域单元RIV，频域单元标识，频域单元对应的子载波间隔。
在一实施例中，频域单元的属性包括如下至少之一：硬的，软的，不可用 的。
在一实施例中，IAB节点根据预定义方式确定一个载波对应的频域单元。其中，预定义信息包括如下之一：频域单元大小，频域单元数量，频域单元大小和载波大小的关系，频域单元数量和载波大小的关系。
在一实施例中，IAB节点根据预定义的频域单元大小和载波大小的关系，以及载波大小，确定频域单元的大小。
在一实施例中，IAB节点根据预定义的频域单元数量和载波大小的关系，以及载波大小，确定频域单元的数量。
在一实施例中，预定义多个频域单元大小和载波大小的关系的配置，IAB节点根据载波大小以及配置指示信息确定频域单元的大小。其中，配置指示信息用于指示采用预定义的哪个配置，配置指示信息由网络侧提供。
在一实施例中，预定义多套频域单元数量和载波大小的关系的配置，IAB节点根据载波大小以及配置指示信息确定频域单元的数量。其中，配置指示信息用于指示采用预定义的哪个配置，配置指示信息由网络侧提供。
在一实施例中，频域资源为如下之一：根据预定义方式确定的频域单元，载波，BWP，配置为软的频域单元，被配置的频域单元的集合，被配置为软的符号对应的频域单元，可用性待定的频域单元。
在一实施例中，IAB节点从网络侧获取指示信息，所述指示信息用于指示资源可用性组合中的元素值是仅指示时域资源可用性，还是既指示时域资源可用性又指示频域资源的可用性。
示例3：提供了一种半静态频域资源配置方法。
网络侧(CU或者IAB节点的父节点或者IAB节点MT的服务小区)为IAB节点提供IAB节点DU的频域资源配置信息，用于IAB节点确定IAB节点DU的频域单元配置信息和/或频域单元的属性配置信息。其中，频域资源配置信息包括如下至少之一：频域单元配置信息；频域单元的属性配置信息；可用性待定的频域单元配置信息。
在一实施例中，频域资源配置信息包括IAB节点的至少一个DU的至少一个小区或载波的如下信息中的至少之一：频域单元配置信息；频域单元的属性配置信息；可用性待定的频域单元配置信息。
在一实施例中，频域资源配置信息包括IAB节点的至少一个DU的至少一个小区或载波的至少一个符号方向的如下信息中的至少之一：频域单元配置信息；频域单元的属性配置信息；可用性待定的频域单元配置信息。
在一实施例中，频域资源配置信息包括IAB节点的至少一个DU的至少一个小区或载波的至少一个符号属性的如下信息中的至少之一：频域单元配置信息；频域单元的属性配置信息；可用性待定的频域单元配置信息。
在一实施例中，频域资源配置信息包括IAB节点的至少一个DU的至少一个小区或载波的至少一个符号时域资源类型的如下信息中的至少之一：频域单元配置信息；频域单元的属性配置信息；可用性待定的频域单元配置信息。
在一实施例中，频域单元配置信息包括如下参数中的至少之一：频域单元大小；频域单元数量；频域单元起始位置；频域单元RIV；频域单元标识；频域单元对应的子载波间隔。
在一实施例中，对于IAB节点DU小区的一个载波，频域资源配置信息包括至少一套频域单元配置信息。
在一实施例中，根据频域单元配置信息和载波参数确定该载波对应的频域单元。其中，载波参数包括如下至少之一：载波起始位置相对参考点A的偏移；载波的带宽；载波的子载波间隔。其中，参考点A为资源栅格的公共参考点。
在一实施例中，频域资源配置信息还包括BWP配置，根据频域单元配置和BWP配置确定该BWP对应的频域单元。其中，BWP配置包括如下至少之一：载波起始位置相对参考点A的偏移，BWP起始位置相对载波起始位置的偏移，BWP起始位置相对参考点A的偏移，BWP的带宽，BWP的子载波间隔。其中，参考点A为资源栅格的公共参考点。
在一实施例中，频域单元的属性包括如下至少之一：硬的(Hard)，软的(Soft)，不可用的(Unavailable)。
在一实施例中，通过如下方式中的至少之一配置频域单元的属性：
1)配置一个或者多个{起始频域单元，频域单元数目}参数组合，每个参数组合对应一种属性；2)配置一个或多个资源指示值RIV，每个RIV对应一种属性；3)位图(Bitmap)指示频域单元的两种属性，例如Bitmap的每个比特的两个取值0和1分别与两种属性对应，两种属性可以为硬的、软的和不可用的之中任意两种；4)用至少2个Bitmap指示频域单元的三种属性，例如用一个Bitmap指示频域单元的两种属性，不同的比特值对应不同的属性；用另一个Bitmap表示另外一种属性，预定义比特值与该属性的对应关系。又如用3个Bitmap指示三种属性，预定义比特值与属性的对应关系；5)每个频域单元索引或索引组对应一种属性。
在一实施例中，通过如下方式之一配置可用性待定的频域单元：
1)配置一个或者多个{起始频域单元，频域单元数目}参数组合，参数组合 指示的频域单元为可用性待定的频域单元；2)配置一个或多个RIV，RIV指示的频域单元为可用性待定的频域单元；3)Bitmap指示可用性待定的频域单元。例如比特值为1时该比特对应的频域单元为可用性待定的频域单元；4)指示可用性待定的频域单元索引。
在一实施例中，没有被配置为可用性待定的频域单元对应的时频资源的可用性取决于符号的可用性。
在一实施例中，如果没有为IAB节点提供频域单元的属性配置，则Hard符号和显式指示为可用的Soft符号对应的频域单元的属性为硬的，没有显式指示为可用的Soft符号对应的频域单元的属性为软的。
在一实施例中，如果没有为IAB节点提供频域单元的属性配置，则Hard符号和Soft符号对应的频域单元的属性为如下之一：硬的，软的。
在一实施例中，如果没有为IAB节点提供频域单元的属性配置，则不可用符号对应的频域单元的属性为不可用。
在一实施例中，在频域单元被配置为硬的情况下，IAB节点DU认为该频域单元可用。
在一实施例中，在频域单元被配置为软的情况下，在满足条件的情况下IAB节点DU认为该频域单元可用。例如，父节点通过信令显式指示可以使用该频域单元，或者IAB节点DU隐式判断DU可以使用该频域单元，或者IAB节点DU判断IAB节点MT不使用该频域单元。
在一实施例中，在频域单元被配置为不可用的情况下，IAB节点DU不能使用该频域单元。
在一实施例中，如果IAB节点DU在频域单元上发送或者接收特殊信号或信道，则该频域单元相当于被配置为硬的。
在一实施例中，频域资源配置信息包括IAB节点的至少一个DU的至少一个小区或载波的频域资源配置。
在一实施例中，频域资源配置信息包括对于IAB节点的至少一个MT的至少一个服务小区的至少一个波束或者波束组，IAB节点的至少一个DU的至少一个小区或载波的频域资源配置。
在一实施例中，频域资源配置信息还包括如下信息中的至少之一：MT标识，MT的波束标识，MT的波束组标识，DU标识，DU的小区标识，DU的载波标识。
在一实施例中，资源配置信息和/或频域资源配置信息通过以下信令中的至 少之一承载：F1应用协议(F1 Application Protocol，F1-AP)；控制信息；MAC CE；无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control，RRC)。
上述实施例中所有确定载波对应的频域单元的方法，也适用于确定BWP对应的频域单元，只需将载波替换为BWP即可。
上述实施例中所有确定载波对应的频域单元属性的方法，也适用于确定BWP对应的频域单元属性，只需将载波替换为BWP即可。
上述实施例中所有指示DU小区的载波的频域单元可用性的方法，也适用于指示DU小区的BWP的频域单元的可用性，只需将载波替换为BWP即可。
示例4：提供了一种判断时频资源可用性的方法。IAB节点DU可以通过如下方式之一判断时频资源的可用性。
方式1：时域符号和频域单元都为可用的情况下，时域符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是可用的；时域符号和频域单元中至少一个为不可用的情况下，时域符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是不可用的；除方式1中两种情况以外的其他时频资源在满足条件的情况下是可用的。
方式2：时域符号和频域单元中至少一个为可用的且另一个不为不可用的情况下，时域符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是可用的；时域符号和频域单元中至少一个为不可用的情况下，时域符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是不可用的；除方式2中两种情况以外的其他时频资源在满足条件的情况下是可用的。
方式3：时域符号为可用的且频域单元不为不可用的情况下，时域符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是可用的，时域符号和频域单元中至少一个为不可用的情况下，时域符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是不可用的。除方式3中两种情况以外的其他时频资源在满足条件的情况下是可用的。
方式4：频域单元为可用的且时域符号不为不可用的情况下，时域符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是可用的，时域符号和频域单元中至少一个为不可用的情况下，时域符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是不可用的。除方式4中两种情况以外的其他时频资源在满足条件的情况下是可用的.
方式5：时域符号和频域单元都为可用的情况下，时域符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是可用的；时域符号为不可用的情况下，时域符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是不可用的。除方式5中两种情况以外的其他时频资源在满足条件的情况下是可用的。
方式6：时域符号和频域单元中至少一个为可用的且时域符号不为不可用的情况下，时域符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是可用的；时域符号为不可用的情况下，时域符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是不可用的。除方式6中两种情 况以外的其他时频资源在满足条件的情况下是可用的。
方式7：时域符号为可用的情况下，时域符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是可用的，时域符号为不可用的情况下，时域符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是不可用的。除方式7中两种情况以外的其他时频资源在满足条件的情况下是可用的。
方式8：频域单元为可用的且时域符号不为不可用情况下，时域符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是可用的，时域符号为不可用的情况下，时域符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是不可用的。除方式8中两种情况以外的其他时频资源在满足条件的情况下是可用的。
在一实施例中，时域符号为可用的指如下至少之一：时域符号被配置为Hard，相当于被配置为Hard，被显式指示为可用的。
在一实施例中，时域符号为不可用的指时域符号被配置为不可用的，或者被DCII或者MAC CE指示为不可用的。
在一实施例中，频域单元为可用的指如下至少之一：频域单元被配置为Hard，相当于被配置为Hard，被显式指示为可用的，频域单元未被配置为可用性待定。
在一实施例中，频域单元为不可用的指频域单元被配置为不可用的，或者被DCI或者MAC CE或RRC信令指示为不可用的。
在一实施例中，时频资源在满足条件的情况下是可用的，满足条件的情况包括如下至少之一：IAB节点DU隐式判断可以使用所述时频资源，IAB节点DU判断IAB节点MT不使用所述时频资源。
在一实施例中，时频资源在满足条件的情况下是可用的，满足条件的情况包括如下至少之一：在所述时频资源上IAB节点MT没有发送或者接收，IAB节点MT在所述时频资源上发送或者接收且其发送或者接收不会因为IAB节点DU使用所述时频资源而改变。
在一实施例中，显式指示包括通过如下信令中的至少之一指示：F1AP，RRC，DCI，MAC CE。
示例5：可用性组合中的每个元素指示至少一个可用性图案索引，一个索引对应一个可用性图案，指示空域资源的可用性。第二资源可用性组合中每个元素提供的是MT可以使用的波束信息，和/或DU可以使用的波束信息。
IAB节点从网络侧(CU或者IAB节点的父节点或者IAB节点MT的服务小区)获取资源配置信息，包括第一信令和第二信令，针对空域资源，第一信令提供了至少一个第二资源可用性组合，以及每个第二资源可用性组合与第二 索引的对应关系；第二信令用于指示至少一个第二索引。IAB节点根据第二信令指示的第二索引可以确定相应的第二资源可用性组合，从而确定该第二资源可用性组合指示的相应时间单元内的空域资源的可用性。第二信令包括如下之一：DCI，MAC CE。
在一实施例中，资源配置信息还包括如下至少之一：空域可用性指示的RNTI，DCI有效载荷大小，监听PDCCH的搜索空间集合，MT的服务小区标识，DU的小区标识，第二索引(第二资源可用性组合的标识)在DCI中的位置，第二参考子载波间隔，第二信令开始生效的第一时间间隔，第二信令开始生效的第二时间间隔，BWP标识。其中，第二索引在DCI中的位置包括如下至少之一：MT对应的第二索引在DCI中的位置，DU对应的第二索引在DCI中的位置，MT和DU对应的第二索引在DCI中的位置。
在一实施例中，第二参考子载波间隔包括如下至少之一：MT对应的参考子载波间隔，DU对应的参考子载波间隔，MT和DU对应的参考子载波间隔。
在一实施例中，用MAC CE指示IAB节点可以使用或者不能使用的波束。其中，MAC CE包含如下元素中的至少之一：MT的服务小区标识，DU的小区标识，第二资源可用性组合索引，第二资源可用性组合开始生效的时间间隔，BWP标识。
在一实施例中，第二资源可用性组合中每个元素指示如下至少之一：一个时间单元中IAB节点MT可以使用或者不能使用的波束，一个时间单元中IAB节点DU可以使用或者不能使用的波束。
在一实施例中，第二资源可用性组合中每个元素包括至少一个波束。
在一实施例中，第二资源可用性组合中每个元素包括多个波束组，分别对应如下至少之一：IAB节点MT的波束组，IAB节点MT的发射波束组，IAB节点MT的接收波束组，IAB节点DU的波束组，IAB节点DU的发射波束组，IAB节点DU的接收波束组。
在一实施例中，IAB节点MT的信号或者信道被配置的波束包含在第二信令指示的波束中，或者IAB节点MT的信号或者信道被配置的波束不能包含第二信令指示的波束。
在一实施例中，IAB节点MT不期望在相同的时间内信号或者信道被配置的波束与第二信令中指示的波束的冲突。
在一实施例中，如果IAB节点MT在相同的时间内信号或者信道被配置的波束与第二信令中指示的波束冲突了，IAB节点MT根据预定规则确定信号或信道使用的波束。预定规则包括按照如下信令之一确定信号或信道使用的波束： 配置信令和第二信令中较早被检测到的信令，配置信令和第二信令中较晚被检测到的信令，配置信令，第二信令。
在一实施例中，通过如下信令中的至少之一配置IAB节点MT的信号或者信道采用的波束：RRC信令，MAC CE，DCI。
在一实施例中，每个波束对应用一个波束标识，所述波束标识包括如下至少之一：参考信号资源标识，SSB索引，TCI状态标识，SRS资源指示，索引。
在一实施例中，波束或者波束标识与如下之一关联：参考信号，SSB，SSB相关配置，TCI状态，探测参考信号，探测参考信号指示。
在一实施例中，所述参考信号包含但不限于如下至少之一：CSI-RS，CSI-IM，PTRS，PRS，SRS。
在一实施例中，所述SSB相关配置包括如下至少之一：SSB索引，SSB频域位置，SSB使用的子载波间隔，SSB所在的半帧位置。
在一实施例中，配置或者预定义SRS资源指示与SRS资源之间的关系。例如，SRS资源指示对应至少一个SRS资源。
在一实施例中，如果IAB节点MT或DU的小区被配置了补充上行载波，则DCI或者MAC CE中的一个第二索引对应两个第二资源可用性组合，分别对应TDD载波和补充上行载波。
在一实施例中，如果IAB节点MT或DU的小区被配置了补充上行载波，则DCI或者MAC CE中的一个第二索引对应一个第二资源可用性组合，TDD载波和补充上行载波分别对应第二资源可用性组合中的不同元素或者一个元素中的不同波束。
在一实施例中，对于IAB节点MT或DU的FDD小区，DCI或者MAC CE中的一个第二索引对应两个第二资源可用性组合，分别对应下行载波和上行载波。
在一实施例中，对于IAB节点MT或DU的FDD小区，DCI或者MAC CE中的一个第二索引对应一个第二资源可用性组合，下行载波和上行载波对应第二资源可用性组合中的不同元素或者一个元素中的不同波束。
在一实施例中，空域资源的可用性对应的起始时隙为：
对于IAB节点MT或DU，空域资源的可用性对应的起始时隙为：检测到DCI或者MAC CE的IAB节点MT时隙，或者，与检测到DCI或者MAC CE的IAB节点MT时隙相隔Y1个时隙的IAB节点MT时隙，或者，与检测到下行控制信息或者MAC CE的IAB节点MT时隙相交的最早出现的IAB节点DU 时隙，或者，与检测到下行控制信息或者MAC CE的IAB节点MT时隙相隔Y2个IAB节点DU时隙的最早出现的IAB节点DU时隙，Y1和Y2为大于或等于0的整数。
在一实施例中，Y1和Y2分别与第二信令开始生效的时间间隔的第一时间间隔和第二时间间隔有关。例如，时间间隔的粒度为时隙，则Y1和Y2分别与第一时间间隔和第二时间间隔相等。如果时间间隔的粒度不是时隙，则需要将时间间隔换算成时隙数Y1和Y2。
在一实施例中，IAB节点在如下至少一个搜索空间中监听指示空域资源可用性的PDCCH：公共搜索空间，专用搜索空间。
在上述所有实施例和示例中，IAB节点仅仅是示例，上述方案也适用于其他节点，例如，中继节点，基站等任意类型的无线通信设备，用相应设备替换IAB节点即可得到相应的方案。
在上述所有实施例和示例中，对于IAB节点DU的小区或者载波，带宽部分BWP为特定子载波间隔的连续公共资源块的子集。网络侧为IAB节点DU的小区或者载波配置至少一个BWP。IAB节点DU的小区或者载波的BWP的配置方式采用为UE配置BWP的方式。
在上述所有实施例和示例中，组合索引对应如下标识中的至少之一：时域资源可用性组合索引，第一资源可用性组合索引，第二资源可用性组合索引。
在本申请实施例中，还提供一种资源配置方法，通过发送资源配置信息以指示资源可用性组合并指示组合索引，针对时频域或空域的资源可用性都可以灵活、全面地指示，使IAB节点据此确定资源的可用性，减少父链路和子链路之间的干扰。本实施例中，网络侧与IAB节点执行的操作可参见上述任意实施例。
图4为一实施例提供的一种资源配置方法的流程图，如图4所示，本实施例提供的方法包括步骤210。
在步骤210中，发送资源配置信息，所述资源配置信息包括第一信令和第二信令，其中，所述第一信令包括至少一个资源可用性组合，一个资源可用性组合对应一个组合索引，所述第二信令用于指示至少一个组合索引。
在一实施例中，资源配置信息可用于确定如下至少之一：至少一个时间单元中的频域资源的可用性；至少一个时间单元中符号的可用性和频域资源的可用性。
在一实施例中，资源可用性组合包括第一资源可用性组合，所述第一资源可用性组合用于指示至少一个时间单元中频域资源的可用性。
在一实施例中，所述第一资源可用性组合中的元素用于指示对应的时间单元中的频域资源的可用性；所述元素对应至少一个可用性图案。
在一实施例中，所述第一资源可用性组合中的元素包括第一类元素、第二类元素和第三类元素中的至少之一；所述第一类元素对应K1个可用性图案，K1个可用性图案关联于一个时间单元的以下之一对应的频域资源：K1个方向的符号，K1种属性的符号，K1种时域资源类型的符号；所述第二类元素对应一个可用性图案，该可用性图案关联于一个时间单元对应的频域资源；所述第三类元素对应一个可用性图案，每K2个可用性图案关联于一个时间单元的以下之一对应的频域资源：K2个方向的符号，K2种属性的符号，K2种时域资源类型的符号；其中，K1为大于0的整数，K2为大于0的整数。
在一实施例中，所述第一资源可用性组合中的K3个元素对应K3个可用性图案，所述K3个可用性图案关联于至少一个时间单元中以下之一对应的频域资源：K3个方向的符号，K3种属性的符号，K3种时域资源类型的符号，其中，K3为大于0的整数。
在一实施例中，所述可用性图案被配置或者被预定义为用于如下至少之一：
指示起始频域单元和频域单元数目对应的频域单元的可用性；指示资源指示值RIV对应的频域单元的可用性；通过与频域单元对应的位图的比特值指示频域单元的可用性；指示频域单元索引或索引组对应的频域单元的可用性；指示预定特征的频域单元的可用性。在一实施例中，资源可用性组合包括第一资源可用性组合，所述第一资源可用性组合用于指示至少一个时间单元中符号的可用性和频域资源的可用性。
在一实施例中，第一资源可用性组合中的元素用于指示对应的时间单元中符号的可用性和频域资源的可用性；所述元素对应至少一个可用性图案。
在一实施例中，可用性图案被配置或者被预定义为用于根据如下至少之一指示一个时间单元中符号的可用性和频域资源的可用性：符号属性，符号方向，时域资源类型。
在一实施例中，指示时间单元中符号的可用性和频域资源的可用性，包括：
对于时间单元中包含的软符号，指示所述软符号的可用性和所述软符号对应的频域资源的可用性；对于时间单元中包含的硬符号，指示所述硬符号对应的频域资源的可用性。
在一实施例中，所述资源可用性组合包括第一资源可用性组合，所述第一 资源可用性组合用于指示至少一个时间单元中时频资源的可用性。
在一实施例中，所述第一资源可用性组合中的元素用于指示对应的时间单元中时频资源的可用性；所述元素对应至少一个可用性图案。
在一实施例中，所述可用性图案被配置或者被预定义为用于根据如下之一指示一个时间单元中时频资源的可用性：通过与时频资源单元对应的位图的比特值指示时频资源的可用性，其中，一个时频资源单元包括时域上的一个符号组和频域上的一个频域单元，一个符号组包括如下之一：一个方向的符号，一种属性的符号，一种时域资源类型的符号；通过与符号组对应的第一位图的比特值指示符号组的可用性，并通过与频域单元对应的第二位图的比特值指示频域单元的可用性，其中，符号组和频域单元都被指示为可用，则符号组和频域单元对应的时频资源为可用，符号组和频域单元不都被指示为可用，则符号组和频域单元对应的时频资源为不可用或者可用性没有被指示。
在一实施例中，所述可用性图案属于可用性图案集合，所述可用性图案集合包含在所述资源配置信息中，或者预定义。
在一实施例中，所述可用性图案集合满足以下之一：
一个分布式单元DU对应一个可用性图案集合；DU的一个小区或载波对应一个可用性图案集合；对于移动终端功能MT的一个波束或者波束组，一个DU对应一个可用性图案集合；对于MT的一个波束或者波束组，DU的一个小区或载波对应一个可用性图案集合。
在一实施例中，所述组合索引包括第一资源可用性组合对应的第一索引；
在DU的小区配置了补充上行载波的情况下，所述第二信令指示的第一索引分别对应于小区载波和补充上行载波的第一资源可用性组合；或者，所述第二信令指示的第一索引对应于一个第一资源可用性组合，小区载波和补充上行载波分别对应于该第一资源可用性组合中的不同元素。
在一实施例中，所述组合索引包括第一资源可用性组合对应的第一索引；对于DU的FDD小区，所述第二信令指示的第一索引分别对应于上行载波和下行载波的第一资源可用性组合；或者，所述第二信令指示的第一索引对应于一个第一资源可用性组合，上行载波和下行载波分别对应于该第一资源可用性组合中的不同元素。
在一实施例中，所述资源配置信息还包括如下信息中的至少之一：第二信令有效载荷大小，频域可用性指示的无线网络临时标识RNTI，监听物理下行控制信道PDCCH的搜索空间集合，第一资源可用性组合对应的第一索引在第二信令中的位置，第一参考子载波间隔，DU标识，DU的小区标识，MT标识，MT 的小区标识，MT的波束，MT的波束组，MT的波束标识，MT的波束组标识，第二信令开始生效的时间间隔，第二信令生效的时间单元数。
在一实施例中，第一资源可用性组合满足以下之一：
对于一个DU配置至少一个第一资源可用性组合；对于DU的一个小区配置至少一个第一资源可用性组合；对于一个DU的一个载波配置至少一个第一资源可用性组合；对于MT的一个波束或者波束组，对于一个DU配置至少一个第一资源可用性组合；对于MT的一个小区的一个波束或者波束组，DU的一个小区或载波配置至少一个第一资源可用性组合。
在一实施例中，所述第二信令还包括如下至少之一：MT标识，MT的波束标识，MT的波束组标识，DU的标识，DU的小区标识，DU的载波标识，第二信令开始生效的时间间隔，第二信令生效的时间单元数。
在一实施例中，所述第二信令中第一资源可用性组合对应的第一索引用于指示从如下之一时隙开始的至少一个时间单元中频域资源的可用性：与检测到第二信令的MT时隙相交的且最早出现的DU时隙，与检测到第二信令的MT时隙相隔Ya个DU时隙的且最早出现的DU时隙，其中，Ya为大于或等于0的整数。
在一实施例中，第二信令中第一资源可用性组合对应的第一索引用于指示从如下之一时隙开始的至少一个时间单元中符号的可用性和频域资源的可用性：与检测到第二信令的MT时隙相交的且最早出现的DU时隙，与检测到第二信令的MT时隙相隔Yb个DU时隙的且最早出现的DU时隙，其中，Yb为大于或等于0的整数。
在一实施例中，资源配置信息对应的子载波间隔为如下之一：第一参考子载波间隔，指示软符号可用性的子载波间隔，DU资源配置提供的子载波间隔。
在一实施例中，IAB节点在如下至少一个搜索空间中监听指示可用性的PDCCH：公共搜索空间，专用搜索空间。
在一实施例中，所述方法还包括：
步骤220：发送频域资源配置信息；所述频域资源配置信息包括如下至少之一：频域单元配置信息，频域单元的属性配置信息，可用性待定的频域单元配置；其中，所述频域单元配置信息包括如下参数中的至少之一：频域单元大小，频域单元数量，频域单元起始位置，频域单元RIV，频域单元标识，频域单元对应的子载波间隔；属性配置信息包括如下至少之一：硬，软，不可用。
在一实施例中，IAB节点还根据预定义信息确定一个载波对应的频域单元；所述预定义信息包括如下之一：频域单元大小，频域单元数量，频域单元大小 和载波大小的关系，频域单元数量和载波大小的关系。
在一实施例中，IAB节点根据预定义信息确定一个载波对应的频域单元，包括：
在预定义信息包括频域单元大小和载波大小的关系的情况下，根据载波大小及其与频域单元大小的关系确定频域单元的大小，进而确定载波对应的频域单元；或者，在预定义信息包括频域单元数量和载波大小的关系的情况下，根据载波大小及其与频域单元数量的关系确定频域单元的数量，进而确定载波对应的频域单元。
在一实施例中，第一资源可用性组合用于指示如下至少之一频域资源的可用性：频域单元，属性为软的频域单元，被配置的频域单元的集合，属性为软的符号对应的频域单元，属性为软且未被显式指示为可用的符号对应的频域单元，属性为软且被显式指示为可用的符号对应的频域单元，可用性待定的频域单元。
在一实施例中，还包括：通过如下方式中的至少之一确定或者预定义频域单元属性：
每个起始频域单元和频域单元数目的参数组合对应于一种频域单元属性；每个RIV对应于一种频域单元属性；通过位图确定频域单元的两种属性，所述两种属性为硬、软和不可用中的任意两种；通过至少2个位图确定频域单元的三种属性。
在一实施例中，IAB节点可根据资源配置信息通过如下方式之一确定一个时间单元中的时频资源的可用性：
在符号和频域单元都为可用的情况下，符号和频域单元对应的时频资源为可用的，在符号和频域单元中至少一个为不可用的情况下，符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是不可用的，除此以外的时频资源在满足设定条件的情况下是可用的；在符号和频域单元中至少一个为可用的且另一个不为不可用的情况下，符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是可用的，在符号和频域单元中至少一个为不可用的情况下，符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是不可用的，除此以外的时频资源在满足设定条件的情况下是可用的；在符号为可用且频域单元不为不可用的情况下，符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是可用的，在符号和频域单元中至少一个为不可用的情况下，符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是不可用的，除此以外的时频资源在满足设定条件的情况下是可用的；在频域单元为可用且符号不为不可用的情况下，符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是可用的，在符号和频域单元中至少一个为不可用的情况下，符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是不可 用的，除此以外的时频资源在满足设定条件的情况下是可用的；在符号和频域单元都为可用的情况下，符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是可用的，在符号的可用性为不可用的情况下，符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是不可用的，除此以外的时频资源在满足设定条件的情况下是可用的；在符号和频域单元中至少一个为可用的且符号不为不可用的情况下，符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是可用的，在符号为不可用的情况下，符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是不可用的，除此以外的时频资源在满足设定条件的情况下是可用的；在符号为可用的情况下，符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是可用的，在符号为不可用的情况下，符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是不可用的，除此以外的时频资源在满足设定条件的情况下是可用的；在频域单元为可用的且符号不为不可用的情况下，符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是可用的，在符号为不可用的情况下，符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是不可用的，除此以外的时频资源在满足设定条件的情况下是可用的。
在一实施例中，所述资源可用性组合包括第二资源可用性组合，所述第二资源可用性组合用于指示如下至少之一：至少一个时间单元中MT的波束的可用性，至少一个时间单元中DU的波束的可用性。
在一实施例中，所述第二资源可用性组合中的元素用于指示如下至少之一：对应的时间单元中MT的波束的可用性，对应的时间单元中DU的波束的可用性；所述元素对应至少一个波束或者波束组。
在一实施例中，波束与如下之一关联：参考信号，同步广播信道块SSB，SSB相关配置，传输配置指示TCI状态，探测参考信号，探测参考信号指示。
在一实施例中，所述资源配置信息还包括如下至少之一：
空域可用性指示的RNTI，第二信令有效载荷大小，监听PDCCH的搜索空间集合，MT的服务小区标识，DU的小区标识，第二资源可用性组合对应的第二索引在第二信令中的位置，第二参考子载波间隔，第二信令开始生效的第一时间间隔，第二信令开始生效的第二时间间隔，带宽部分BWP标识，第二信令生效的时间单元数。
在一实施例中，MT的信号或者信道被配置的波束包含在所述第二信令指示的波束中，或者，MT的信号或者信道被配置的波束不包含所述第二信令指示的波束。
在一实施例中，所述组合索引包括第二资源可用性组合对应的第二索引；在MT或DU的小区配置了补充上行载波的情况下，所述第二信令指示的第二索引分别对应于小区载波和补充上行载波的第二资源可用性组合；或者，所述 第二信令指示的第二索引对应于一个第二资源可用性组合，小区载波和补充上行载波分别对应于该第二资源可用性组合中的不同元素。
在一实施例中，所述组合索引包括第二资源可用性组合对应的第二索引；对于MT或DU的FDD小区，所述第二信令指示的第二索引分别对应于上行载波和下行载波的第二资源可用性组合；或者，所述第二信令指示的第二索引对应于一个第二资源可用性组合，上行载波和下行载波分别对应于该第二资源可用性组合中的不同元素。
在一实施例中，所述第二信令中第二资源可用性组合对应的第二索引用于指示从如下之一时隙开始的至少一个时间单元中MT的波束的可用性：检测到第二信令的MT时隙，与检测到第二信令的MT时隙相隔Y1个时隙的MT时隙，与检测到第二信令的MT时隙相交的最早出现的DU时隙，与检测到第二信令的MT时隙相隔Y2个DU时隙的最早出现的DU时隙，其中，Y1、Y2为大于或等于0的整数。
在一实施例中，第二信令中第二资源可用性组合对应的第二索引用于指示从如下之一时隙开始的至少一个时间单元中DU的波束的可用性：检测到第二信令的MT时隙，与检测到第二信令的MT时隙相隔Y1个时隙的MT时隙，与检测到第二信令的MT时隙相交的最早出现的DU时隙，与检测到第二信令的MT时隙相隔Y2个DU时隙的最早出现的DU时隙，其中，Y1、Y2为大于或等于0的整数。
本申请实施例还提供一种资源可用性确定装置。图5为一实施例提供的一种资源可用性确定装置的结构示意图。如图5所示，所述资源可用性确定装置包括：获取模块310和可用性确定模块320。
获取模块310，设置为获取资源配置信息，所述资源配置信息包括第一信令和第二信令，其中，所述第一信令包括至少一个资源可用性组合，一个资源可用性组合对应一个组合索引，所述第二信令用于指示至少一个组合索引；可用性确定模块320，设置为根据所述资源配置信息确定资源的可用性。
本实施例的资源可用性确定装置，通过资源配置信息指示资源可用性组合并指示组合索引，针对频域或空域的资源可用性都可以灵活、全面地指示，IAB节点据此确定资源的可用性，减少父链路和子链路之间的干扰。
在一实施例中，根据所述资源配置信息确定资源的可用性，包括如下至少之一：
根据所述资源配置信息确定至少一个时间单元中的频域资源的可用性；根 据所述资源配置信息确定至少一个时间单元中符号的可用性和频域资源的可用性。
在一实施例中，所述资源可用性组合包括第一资源可用性组合，所述第一资源可用性组合用于指示至少一个时间单元中频域资源的可用性。
在一实施例中，第一资源可用性组合中的元素用于指示对应的时间单元中的频域资源的可用性；所述元素对应至少一个可用性图案。
在一实施例中，第一资源可用性组合中的元素包括第一类元素、第二类元素和第三类元素中的至少之一。
第一类元素对应K1个可用性图案，K1个可用性图案关联于一个时间单元的以下之一对应的频域资源：K1个方向的符号，K1种属性的符号，K1种时域资源类型的符号，K1为大于0的整数；第二类元素对应一个可用性图案，该可用性图案关联于一个时间单元对应的频域资源；第三类元素对应一个可用性图案，每K2个可用性图案关联于一个时间单元的以下之一对应的频域资源：K2个方向的符号，K2种属性的符号，K2种时域资源类型的符号，K2为大于0的整数。
在一实施例中，第一资源可用性组合中的K3个元素对应K3个可用性图案，所述K3个可用性图案关联于至少一个时间单元中以下之一对应的频域资源：K3个方向的符号，K3种属性的符号，K3种时域资源类型的符号，其中，K3为大于0的整数。
在一实施例中，可用性图案被配置或者被预定义为用于如下至少之一：
指示起始频域单元和频域单元数目对应的频域单元的可用性；指示资源指示值(Resource Indication Value，RIV)对应的频域单元的可用性；通过与频域单元对应的位图的比特值指示频域单元的可用性；指示频域单元索引或索引组对应的频域单元的可用性；指示预定特征的频域单元的可用性。
在一实施例中，资源可用性组合包括第一资源可用性组合，第一资源可用性组合用于指示至少一个时间单元中符号的可用性和频域资源的可用性。
在一实施例中，第一资源可用性组合中的元素用于指示一个时间单元中符号的可用性和频域资源的可用性；一个元素对应至少一个可用性图案。
在一实施例中，可用性图案被配置或者被预定义为用于根据如下至少之一指示一个时间单元中符号的可用性和频域资源的可用性：符号属性，符号方向，时域资源类型。
在一实施例中，指示时间单元中符号的可用性和频域资源的可用性，包括： 对于时间单元中包含的软符号，指示所述软符号的可用性和所述软符号对应的频域资源的可用性；对于时间单元中包含的硬符号，指示所述硬符号对应的频域资源的可用性。
在一实施例中，资源可用性组合包括第一资源可用性组合，所述第一资源可用性组合用于指示至少一个时间单元中时频资源的可用性。
在一实施例中，第一资源可用性组合中的元素用于指示对应的时间单元中时频资源的可用性；所述元素对应至少一个可用性图案。
在一实施例中，可用性图案被配置或者被预定义为用于根据如下之一指示一个时间单元中时频资源的可用性：
通过与时频资源单元对应的位图的比特值指示时频资源的可用性，其中，一个时频资源单元包括时域上的一个符号组和频域上的一个频域单元，一个符号组包括如下之一：一个方向的符号，一种属性的符号，一种时域资源类型的符号；通过与符号组对应的第一位图的比特值指示符号组的可用性，并通过与频域单元对应的第二位图的比特值指示频域单元的可用性，其中，符号组和频域单元都被指示为可用，则符号组和频域单元对应的时频资源为可用，符号组和频域单元不都被指示为可用，则符号组和频域单元对应的时频资源为不可用或者可用性没有被指示。在一实施例中，所述可用性图案属于可用性图案集合，所述可用性图案集合包含在所述资源配置信息中，或者预定义。
可用性图案集合满足以下之一：
一个DU对应一个可用性图案集合；DU的一个小区或载波对应一个可用性图案集合；对于MT的一个波束或者波束组，一个DU对应一个可用性图案集合；对于MT的一个波束或者波束组，DU的一个小区或载波对应一个可用性图案集合。
在一实施例中，所述组合索引包括第一资源可用性组合对应的第一索引；在DU的小区配置了补充上行载波的情况下，所述第二信令指示的第一索引分别对应于小区载波和补充上行载波的第一资源可用性组合；或者，所述第二信令指示的第一索引对应于一个第一资源可用性组合，小区载波和补充上行载波分别对应于该第一资源可用性组合中的不同元素。
在一实施例中，组合索引包括第一资源可用性组合对应的第一索引；对于DU的频分双工(Frequency Division Duplexing，FDD)小区，所述第二信令指示的第一索引分别对应于上行载波和下行载波的第一资源可用性组合；或者，所述第二信令指示的第一索引对应于一个第一资源可用性组合，上行载波和下行载波分别对应于该第一资源可用性组合中的不同元素。
在一实施例中，资源配置信息还包括如下信息中的至少之一：第二信令有效载荷大小，频域可用性指示的RNTI，监听PDCCH的搜索空间集合，第一资源可用性组合对应的第一索引在第二信令中的位置，第一参考子载波间隔，DU标识，DU的小区标识，MT标识，MT的小区标识，MT的波束，MT的波束组，MT的波束标识，MT的波束组标识，第二信令开始生效的时间间隔，第二信令生效的时间单元数。
在一实施例中，一资源可用性组合满足以下之一：
对于一个DU配置至少一个第一资源可用性组合；对于DU的一个小区配置至少一个第一资源可用性组合；对于一个DU的一个载波配置至少一个第一资源可用性组合；对于MT的一个波束或者波束组，对于一个DU配置至少一个第一资源可用性组合；对于MT的一个小区的一个波束或者波束组，DU的一个小区或载波配置至少一个第一资源可用性组合。
在一实施例中，第二信令还包括如下至少之一：MT标识，MT的波束标识，MT的波束组标识，DU的标识，DU的小区标识，DU的载波标识，第二信令开始生效的时间间隔，第二信令生效的时间单元数。
在一实施例中，第二信令中第一资源可用性组合对应的第一索引用于指示从如下之一时隙开始的至少一个时间单元中频域资源的可用性：与检测到第二信令的MT时隙相交的且最早出现的DU时隙，与检测到第二信令的MT时隙相隔Ya个DU时隙的且最早出现的DU时隙，其中，Ya为大于或等于0的整数。
在一实施例中，第二信令中第一资源可用性组合对应的第一索引用于指示从如下之一时隙开始的至少一个时间单元中符号的可用性和频域资源的可用性：与检测到第二信令的MT时隙相交的且最早出现的DU时隙，与检测到第二信令的MT时隙相隔Yb个DU时隙的且最早出现的DU时隙，其中，Yb为大于或等于0的整数。
在一实施例中，资源配置信息对应的子载波间隔为如下之一：第一参考子载波间隔，指示软符号可用性的子载波间隔，DU资源配置提供的子载波间隔。
在一实施例中，该装置还包括：
监听模块，设置为在如下至少一个搜索空间中监听指示可用性的PDCCH：公共搜索空间，专用搜索空间。
在一实施例中，该装置还包括：
配置获取模块，设置为获取频域资源配置信息；所述频域资源配置信息包括如下至少之一：频域单元配置信息，频域单元的属性配置信息，可用性待定的频域单元配置；其中，所述频域单元配置信息包括如下参数中的至少之一： 频域单元大小，频域单元数量，频域单元起始位置，频域单元RIV，频域单元标识，频域单元对应的子载波间隔；属性配置信息包括如下至少之一：硬，软，不可用。
在一实施例中，该装置还包括：
频域单元确定模块，设置为根据预定义信息确定一个载波对应的频域单元；预定义信息包括如下之一：频域单元大小，频域单元数量，频域单元大小和载波大小的关系，频域单元数量和载波大小的关系。
在一实施例中，频域单元确定模块设置为：
在预定义信息包括频域单元大小和载波大小的关系的情况下，根据载波大小及其与频域单元大小的关系确定频域单元的大小，进而确定载波对应的频域单元；或者，在预定义信息包括频域单元数量和载波大小的关系的情况下，根据载波大小及其与频域单元数量的关系确定频域单元的数量，进而确定载波对应的频域单元。
在一实施例中，第一资源可用性组合用于指示如下至少之一频域资源的可用性：频域单元，属性为软的频域单元，被配置的频域单元的集合，属性为软的符号对应的频域单元，属性为软且未被显式指示为可用的符号对应的频域单元，属性为软且被显式指示为可用的符号对应的频域单元，可用性待定的频域单元。
在一实施例中，该装置还包括：
属性确定模块，设置为通过如下方式中的至少之一确定或者预定义频域单元属性：
每个起始频域单元和频域单元数目的参数组合对应于一种频域单元属性；每个RIV对应于一种频域单元属性；通过位图确定频域单元的两种属性，所述两种属性为硬、软和不可用中的任意两种；通过至少2个位图确定频域单元的三种属性。
在一实施例中，可用性确定模块320设置为：通过如下方式之一确定一个时间单元中的时频资源的可用性：
在符号和频域单元都为可用的情况下，符号和频域单元对应的时频资源为可用的，在符号和频域单元中至少一个为不可用的情况下，符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是不可用的，除此以外的时频资源在满足设定条件的情况下是可用的；在符号和频域单元中至少一个为可用的且另一个不为不可用的情况下，符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是可用的，在符号和频域单元中至少一个为不可用的情况下，符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是不可用的，除此以外的时频 资源在满足设定条件的情况下是可用的；在符号为可用且频域单元不为不可用的情况下，符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是可用的，在符号和频域单元中至少一个为不可用的情况下，符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是不可用的，除此以外的时频资源在满足设定条件的情况下是可用的；在频域单元为可用且符号不为不可用的情况下，符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是可用的，在符号和频域单元中至少一个为不可用的情况下，符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是不可用的，除此以外的时频资源在满足设定条件的情况下是可用的；在符号和频域单元都为可用的情况下，符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是可用的，在符号的可用性为不可用的情况下，符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是不可用的，除此以外的时频资源在满足设定条件的情况下是可用的；在符号和频域单元中至少一个为可用的且符号不为不可用的情况下，符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是可用的，在符号为不可用的情况下，符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是不可用的，除此以外的时频资源在满足设定条件的情况下是可用的；在符号为可用的情况下，符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是可用的，在符号为不可用的情况下，符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是不可用的，除此以外的时频资源在满足设定条件的情况下是可用的；在频域单元为可用的且符号不为不可用的情况下，符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是可用的，在符号为不可用的情况下，符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是不可用的，除此以外的时频资源在满足设定条件的情况下是可用的。
在一实施例中，所述资源可用性组合包括第二资源可用性组合，所述第二资源可用性组合用于指示如下至少之一：至少一个时间单元中MT的波束的可用性，至少一个时间单元中DU的波束的可用性。
在一实施例中，所述第二资源可用性组合中的元素指示如下至少之一：对应的时间单元中MT的波束的可用性，对应的时间单元中DU的波束的可用性；所述元素对应至少一个波束或者波束组。
在一实施例中，波束与如下之一关联：参考信号，SSB，SSB相关配置，传输配置指示(Transmission Configuration Indication，TCI)状态，探测参考信号，探测参考信号指示。
在一实施例中，资源配置信息还包括如下至少之一：
空域可用性指示的RNTI，第二信令有效载荷大小，监听PDCCH的搜索空间集合，MT的服务小区标识，DU的小区标识，第二资源可用性组合对应的第二索引在第二信令中的位置，第二参考子载波间隔，第二信令开始生效的第一时间间隔，第二信令开始生效的第二时间间隔，带宽部分BWP标识，第二信令生效的时间单元数。
在一实施例中，MT的信号或者信道被配置的波束包含在所述第二信令指示的波束中，或者，MT的信号或者信道被配置的波束不包含所述第二信令指示的波束。
在一实施例中，所述组合索引包括第二资源可用性组合对应的第二索引；在MT或DU的小区配置了补充上行载波的情况下，所述第二信令指示的第二索引分别对应于小区载波和补充上行载波的第二资源可用性组合；或者，所述第二信令指示的第二索引对应于一个第二资源可用性组合，小区载波和补充上行载波分别对应于该第二资源可用性组合中的不同元素。
在一实施例中，所述组合索引包括第二资源可用性组合对应的第二索引；对于MT或DU的FDD小区，所述第二信令指示的第二索引分别对应于上行载波和下行载波的第二资源可用性组合；或者，所述第二信令指示的第二索引对应于一个第二资源可用性组合，上行载波和下行载波分别对应于该第二资源可用性组合中的不同元素。
在一实施例中，第二信令中第二资源可用性组合对应的第二索引用于指示从如下之一时隙开始的至少一个时间单元中MT的波束的可用性：检测到第二信令的MT时隙，与检测到第二信令的MT时隙相隔Y1个时隙的MT时隙，与检测到第二信令的MT时隙相交的最早出现的DU时隙，与检测到第二信令的MT时隙相隔Y2个DU时隙的最早出现的DU时隙，其中，Y1、Y2为大于或等于0的整数。
在一实施例中，第二信令中第二资源可用性组合对应的第二索引用于指示从如下之一时隙开始的至少一个时间单元中DU的波束的可用性：检测到第二信令的MT时隙，与检测到第二信令的MT时隙相隔Y1个时隙的MT时隙，与检测到第二信令的MT时隙相交的最早出现的DU时隙，与检测到第二信令的MT时隙相隔Y2个DU时隙的最早出现的DU时隙，其中，Y1、Y2为大于或等于0的整数。
本实施例提出的资源可用性确定装置与上述实施例提出的资源可用性确定方法属于同一构思，未在本实施例中详尽描述的技术细节可参见上述任意实施例，并且本实施例具备与执行资源可用性确定方法相同的效果。
本申请实施例还提供一种资源可用性确定装置。图6为一实施例提供的一种资源配置装置的结构示意图。如图6所示，所述资源配置装置包括：
配置模块410，设置为发送资源配置信息，所述资源配置信息包括第一信令和第二信令，其中，所述第一信令包括至少一个资源可用性组合，一个资源可 用性组合对应一个组合索引，所述第二信令用于指示至少一个组合索引。
本实施例的资源资源配置装置，通过资源配置信息指示资源可用性组合并指示组合索引，针对时频域或空域的资源可用性都可以灵活、全面地指示，使IAB节点据此确定资源的可用性，减少父链路和子链路之间的干扰。
在一实施例中，在一实施例中，资源配置信息可用于确定如下至少之一：至少一个时间单元中的频域资源的可用性；至少一个时间单元中符号的可用性和频域资源的可用性。
在一实施例中，资源可用性组合包括第一资源可用性组合，所述第一资源可用性组合用于指示至少一个时间单元中频域资源的可用性。
在一实施例中，所述第一资源可用性组合中的元素用于指示对应的时间单元中的频域资源的可用性；所述元素对应至少一个可用性图案。
在一实施例中，所述第一资源可用性组合中的元素包括第一类元素、第二类元素和第三类元素中的至少之一；所述第一类元素对应K1个可用性图案，K1个可用性图案关联于一个时间单元的以下之一对应的频域资源：K1个方向的符号，K1种属性的符号，K1种时域资源类型的符号；所述第二类元素对应一个可用性图案，该可用性图案关联于一个时间单元对应的频域资源；所述第三类元素对应一个可用性图案，每K2个可用性图案关联于一个时间单元的以下之一对应的频域资源：K2个方向的符号，K2种属性的符号，K2种时域资源类型的符号；其中，K1为大于0的整数，K2为大于0的整数。
在一实施例中，所述第一资源可用性组合中的K3个元素对应K3个可用性图案，所述K3个可用性图案关联于至少一个时间单元中以下之一对应的频域资源：K3个方向的符号，K3种属性的符号，K3种时域资源类型的符号，其中，K3为大于0的整数。
在一实施例中，所述可用性图案被配置或者被预定义为用于如下至少之一：
指示起始频域单元和频域单元数目对应的频域单元的可用性；指示资源指示值RIV对应的频域单元的可用性；通过与频域单元对应的位图的比特值指示频域单元的可用性；指示频域单元索引或索引组对应的频域单元的可用性；指示预定特征的频域单元的可用性。
在一实施例中，资源可用性组合包括第一资源可用性组合，所述第一资源可用性组合用于指示至少一个时间单元中符号的可用性和频域资源的可用性。
在一实施例中，第一资源可用性组合中的元素用于指示对应的时间单元中符号的可用性和频域资源的可用性；所述元素对应至少一个可用性图案。
在一实施例中，可用性图案被配置或者被预定义为用于根据如下至少之一指示一个时间单元中符号的可用性和频域资源的可用性：符号属性，符号方向，时域资源类型。
在一实施例中，指示时间单元中符号的可用性和频域资源的可用性，包括：
对于时间单元中包含的软符号，指示所述软符号的可用性和所述软符号对应的频域资源的可用性；对于时间单元中包含的硬符号，指示所述硬符号对应的频域资源的可用性。
在一实施例中，所述资源可用性组合包括第一资源可用性组合，所述第一资源可用性组合用于指示至少一个时间单元中时频资源的可用性。
在一实施例中，所述第一资源可用性组合中的元素用于指示对应的时间单元中时频资源的可用性；所述元素对应至少一个可用性图案。
在一实施例中，所述可用性图案被配置或者被预定义为用于根据如下之一指示一个时间单元中时频资源的可用性：
通过与时频资源单元对应的位图的比特值指示时频资源的可用性，其中，一个时频资源单元包括时域上的一个符号组和频域上的一个频域单元，一个符号组包括如下之一：一个方向的符号，一种属性的符号，一种时域资源类型的符号；通过与符号组对应的第一位图的比特值指示符号组的可用性，并通过与频域单元对应的第二位图的比特值指示频域单元的可用性，其中，符号组和频域单元都被指示为可用，则符号组和频域单元对应的时频资源为可用，符号组和频域单元不都被指示为可用，则符号组和频域单元对应的时频资源为不可用或者可用性没有被指示。
在一实施例中，所述可用性图案属于可用性图案集合，所述可用性图案集合包含在所述资源配置信息中，或者预定义。
在一实施例中，所述可用性图案集合满足以下之一：
一个分布式单元DU对应一个可用性图案集合；DU的一个小区或载波对应一个可用性图案集合；对于移动终端功能MT的一个波束或者波束组，一个DU对应一个可用性图案集合；对于MT的一个波束或者波束组，DU的一个小区或载波对应一个可用性图案集合。
在一实施例中，所述组合索引包括第一资源可用性组合对应的第一索引；在DU的小区配置了补充上行载波的情况下，所述第二信令指示的第一索引分别对应于小区载波和补充上行载波的第一资源可用性组合；或者，所述第二信令指示的第一索引对应于一个第一资源可用性组合，小区载波和补充上行载波分别对应于该第一资源可用性组合中的不同元素。
在一实施例中，所述组合索引包括第一资源可用性组合对应的第一索引；对于DU的FDD小区，所述第二信令指示的第一索引分别对应于上行载波和下行载波的第一资源可用性组合；或者，所述第二信令指示的第一索引对应于一个第一资源可用性组合，上行载波和下行载波分别对应于该第一资源可用性组合中的不同元素。
在一实施例中，所述资源配置信息还包括如下信息中的至少之一：第二信令有效载荷大小，频域可用性指示的无线网络临时标识RNTI，监听物理下行控制信道PDCCH的搜索空间集合，第一资源可用性组合对应的第一索引在第二信令中的位置，第一参考子载波间隔，DU标识，DU的小区标识，MT标识，MT的小区标识，MT的波束，MT的波束组，MT的波束标识，MT的波束组标识，第二信令开始生效的时间间隔，第二信令生效的时间单元数。
在一实施例中，第一资源可用性组合满足以下之一：
对于一个DU配置至少一个第一资源可用性组合；对于DU的一个小区配置至少一个第一资源可用性组合；对于一个DU的一个载波配置至少一个第一资源可用性组合；对于MT的一个波束或者波束组，对于一个DU配置至少一个第一资源可用性组合；对于MT的一个小区的一个波束或者波束组，DU的一个小区或载波配置至少一个第一资源可用性组合。
在一实施例中，所述第二信令还包括如下至少之一：MT标识，MT的波束标识，MT的波束组标识，DU的标识，DU的小区标识，DU的载波标识，第二信令开始生效的时间间隔，第二信令生效的时间单元数。
在一实施例中，所述第二信令中第一资源可用性组合对应的第一索引用于指示从如下之一时隙开始的至少一个时间单元中频域资源的可用性：与检测到第二信令的MT时隙相交的且最早出现的DU时隙，与检测到第二信令的MT时隙相隔Ya个DU时隙的且最早出现的DU时隙，其中，Ya为大于或等于0的整数。
在一实施例中，第二信令中第一资源可用性组合对应的第一索引用于指示从如下之一时隙开始的至少一个时间单元中符号的可用性和频域资源的可用性：与检测到第二信令的MT时隙相交的且最早出现的DU时隙，与检测到第二信令的MT时隙相隔Yb个DU时隙的且最早出现的DU时隙，其中，Yb为大于或等于0的整数。
在一实施例中，资源配置信息对应的子载波间隔为如下之一：第一参考子载波间隔，指示软符号可用性的子载波间隔，DU资源配置提供的子载波间隔。
在一实施例中，IAB节点在如下至少一个搜索空间中监听指示可用性的 PDCCH：公共搜索空间，专用搜索空间。
在一实施例中，所述装置还包括：
配置信息发送模块，设置为发送频域资源配置信息；所述频域资源配置信息包括如下至少之一：频域单元配置信息，频域单元的属性配置信息，可用性待定的频域单元配置；其中，所述频域单元配置信息包括如下参数中的至少之一：频域单元大小，频域单元数量，频域单元起始位置，频域单元RIV，频域单元标识，频域单元对应的子载波间隔；属性配置信息包括如下至少之一：硬，软，不可用。
在一实施例中，IAB节点还根据预定义信息确定一个载波对应的频域单元；所述预定义信息包括如下之一：频域单元大小，频域单元数量，频域单元大小和载波大小的关系，频域单元数量和载波大小的关系。
在一实施例中，IAB节点根据预定义信息确定一个载波对应的频域单元，包括：
在预定义信息包括频域单元大小和载波大小的关系的情况下，根据载波大小及其与频域单元大小的关系确定频域单元的大小，进而确定载波对应的频域单元；或者，在预定义信息包括频域单元数量和载波大小的关系的情况下，根据载波大小及其与频域单元数量的关系确定频域单元的数量，进而确定载波对应的频域单元。
在一实施例中，第一资源可用性组合用于指示如下至少之一频域资源的可用性：频域单元，属性为软的频域单元，被配置的频域单元的集合，属性为软的符号对应的频域单元，属性为软且未被显式指示为可用的符号对应的频域单元，属性为软且被显式指示为可用的符号对应的频域单元，可用性待定的频域单元。
在一实施例中，还包括：通过如下方式中的至少之一确定或者预定义频域单元属性：
每个起始频域单元和频域单元数目的参数组合对应于一种频域单元属性；每个RIV对应于一种频域单元属性；通过位图确定频域单元的两种属性，所述两种属性为硬、软和不可用中的任意两种；通过至少2个位图确定频域单元的三种属性。
在一实施例中，IAB节点可根据资源配置信息通过如下方式之一确定一个时间单元中的时频资源的可用性：
在符号和频域单元都为可用的情况下，符号和频域单元对应的时频资源为可用的，在符号和频域单元中至少一个为不可用的情况下，符号和频域单元对 应的时频资源是不可用的，除此以外的时频资源在满足设定条件的情况下是可用的；在符号和频域单元中至少一个为可用的且另一个不为不可用的情况下，符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是可用的，在符号和频域单元中至少一个为不可用的情况下，符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是不可用的，除此以外的时频资源在满足设定条件的情况下是可用的；在符号为可用且频域单元不为不可用的情况下，符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是可用的，在符号和频域单元中至少一个为不可用的情况下，符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是不可用的，除此以外的时频资源在满足设定条件的情况下是可用的；在频域单元为可用且符号不为不可用的情况下，符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是可用的，在符号和频域单元中至少一个为不可用的情况下，符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是不可用的，除此以外的时频资源在满足设定条件的情况下是可用的；在符号和频域单元都为可用的情况下，符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是可用的，在符号的可用性为不可用的情况下，符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是不可用的，除此以外的时频资源在满足设定条件的情况下是可用的；在符号和频域单元中至少一个为可用的且符号不为不可用的情况下，符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是可用的，在符号为不可用的情况下，符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是不可用的，除此以外的时频资源在满足设定条件的情况下是可用的；在符号为可用的情况下，符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是可用的，在符号为不可用的情况下，符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是不可用的，除此以外的时频资源在满足设定条件的情况下是可用的；在频域单元为可用的且符号不为不可用的情况下，符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是可用的，在符号为不可用的情况下，符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是不可用的，除此以外的时频资源在满足设定条件的情况下是可用的。
在一实施例中，所述资源可用性组合包括第二资源可用性组合，所述第二资源可用性组合用于指示如下至少之一：至少一个时间单元中MT的波束的可用性，至少一个时间单元中DU的波束的可用性。
在一实施例中，所述第二资源可用性组合中的元素用于指示如下至少之一：对应的时间单元中MT的波束的可用性，对应的时间单元中DU的波束的可用性；所述元素对应至少一个波束或者波束组。
在一实施例中，波束与如下之一关联：参考信号，同步广播信道块SSB，SSB相关配置，传输配置指示TCI状态，探测参考信号，探测参考信号指示。
在一实施例中，所述资源配置信息还包括如下至少之一：
空域可用性指示的RNTI，第二信令有效载荷大小，监听PDCCH的搜索空间集合，MT的服务小区标识，DU的小区标识，第二资源可用性组合对应的第 二索引在第二信令中的位置，第二参考子载波间隔，第二信令开始生效的第一时间间隔，第二信令开始生效的第二时间间隔，带宽部分BWP标识，第二信令生效的时间单元数。
在一实施例中，MT的信号或者信道被配置的波束包含在所述第二信令指示的波束中，或者，MT的信号或者信道被配置的波束不包含所述第二信令指示的波束。
在一实施例中，所述组合索引包括第二资源可用性组合对应的第二索引；在MT或DU的小区配置了补充上行载波的情况下，所述第二信令指示的第二索引分别对应于小区载波和补充上行载波的第二资源可用性组合；或者，所述第二信令指示的第二索引对应于一个第二资源可用性组合，小区载波和补充上行载波分别对应于该第二资源可用性组合中的不同元素。
在一实施例中，所述组合索引包括第二资源可用性组合对应的第二索引；对于MT或DU的FDD小区，所述第二信令指示的第二索引分别对应于上行载波和下行载波的第二资源可用性组合；或者，所述第二信令指示的第二索引对应于一个第二资源可用性组合，上行载波和下行载波分别对应于该第二资源可用性组合中的不同元素。
在一实施例中，所述第二信令中第二资源可用性组合对应的第二索引用于指示从如下之一时隙开始的至少一个时间单元中MT的波束的可用性：检测到第二信令的MT时隙，与检测到第二信令的MT时隙相隔Y1个时隙的MT时隙，与检测到第二信令的MT时隙相交的最早出现的DU时隙，与检测到第二信令的MT时隙相隔Y2个DU时隙的最早出现的DU时隙，其中，Y1、Y2为大于或等于0的整数。
在一实施例中，第二信令中第二资源可用性组合对应的第二索引用于指示从如下之一时隙开始的至少一个时间单元中DU的波束的可用性：检测到第二信令的MT时隙，与检测到第二信令的MT时隙相隔Y1个时隙的MT时隙，与检测到第二信令的MT时隙相交的最早出现的DU时隙，与检测到第二信令的MT时隙相隔Y2个DU时隙的最早出现的DU时隙，其中，Y1、Y2为大于或等于0的整数。
本实施例提出的资源配置装置与上述实施例提出的资源配置装置方法属于同一构思，未在本实施例中详尽描述的技术细节可参见上述任意实施例，并且本实施例具备与执行资源配置装置方法相同的效果。
本申请实施例还提供了一种通信节点，图7为一实施例提供的一种通信节 点的硬件结构示意图，如图7所示，本申请提供的通信节点，包括存储器52、处理器51以及存储在存储器52上并可在处理器51上运行的计算机程序，处理器51执行所述程序时实现上述的资源可用性确定方法或资源配置方法。
通信节点还可以包括存储器52；该通信节点中的处理器51可以是一个或多个，图7中以一个处理器51为例；存储器52用于存储一个或多个程序；所述一个或多个程序被所述一个或多个处理器51执行，使得所述一个或多个处理器51实现如本申请实施例中所述的资源可用性确定方法或资源配置方法。
通信节点还包括：通信装置53、输入装置54和输出装置55。
通信节点中的处理器51、存储器52、通信装置53、输入装置54和输出装置55可以通过总线或其他方式连接，图7中以通过总线连接为例。
输入装置54可用于接收输入的数字或字符信息，以及产生与通信节点的用户设置以及功能控制有关的按键信号输入。输出装置55可包括显示屏等显示设备。
通信装置53可以包括接收器和发送器。通信装置53设置为根据处理器51的控制进行信息收发通信。
存储器52作为一种计算机可读存储介质，可设置为存储软件程序、计算机可执行程序以及模块，如本申请实施例所述资源可用性确定方法对应的程序指令/模块(例如，资源可用性确定装置中的获取模块310和可用性确定模块320)。存储器52可包括存储程序区和存储数据区，其中，存储程序区可存储操作系统、至少一个功能所需的应用程序；存储数据区可存储根据通信节点的使用所创建的数据等。此外，存储器52可以包括高速随机存取存储器，还可以包括非易失性存储器，例如至少一个磁盘存储器件、闪存器件、或其他非易失性固态存储器件。在一些实例中，存储器52可包括相对于处理器51远程设置的存储器，这些远程存储器可以通过网络连接至通信节点。上述网络的实例包括但不限于互联网、企业内部网、局域网、移动通信网及其组合。
本申请实施例还提供一种存储介质，所述存储介质存储有计算机程序，所述计算机程序被处理器执行时实现本申请实施例中任一所述的资源可用性确定方法或资源配置方法。
该资源可用性确定方法，包括：获取资源配置信息，所述资源配置信息包括第一信令和第二信令，其中，所述第一信令包括至少一个资源可用性组合，一个资源可用性组合对应一个组合索引，所述第二信令用于指示至少一个组合索引；根据所述资源配置信息确定资源的可用性。
该资源配置方法，包括：发送资源配置信息，所述资源配置信息包括第一信令和第二信令，其中，所述第一信令包括至少一个资源可用性组合，一个资源可用性组合对应一个组合索引，所述第二信令用于指示至少一个组合索引。
本申请实施例的计算机存储介质，可以采用一个或多个计算机可读的介质的任意组合。计算机可读介质可以是计算机可读信号介质或者计算机可读存储介质。计算机可读存储介质例如可以是，但不限于：电、磁、光、电磁、红外线、或半导体的系统、装置或器件，或者任意以上的组合。计算机可读存储介质的例子(非穷举的列表)包括：具有一个或多个导线的电连接、便携式计算机磁盘、硬盘、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory，RAM)、只读存储器(Read Only Memory，ROM)、可擦式可编程只读存储器(Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory，EPROM)、闪存、光纤、便携式CD-ROM、光存储器件、磁存储器件、或者上述的任意合适的组合。计算机可读存储介质可以是任何包含或存储程序的有形介质，该程序可以被指令执行系统、装置或者器件使用或者与其结合使用。
计算机可读的信号介质可以包括在基带中或者作为载波一部分传播的数据信号，其中承载了计算机可读的程序代码。这种传播的数据信号可以采用多种形式，包括但不限于：电磁信号、光信号或上述的任意合适的组合。计算机可读的信号介质还可以是计算机可读存储介质以外的任何计算机可读介质，该计算机可读介质可以发送、传播或者传输用于由指令执行系统、装置或者器件使用或者与其结合使用的程序。
计算机可读介质上包含的程序代码可以用任何适当的介质传输，包括但不限于：无线、电线、光缆、无线电频率(Radio Frequency，RF)等等，或者上述的任意合适的组合。
可以以一种或多种程序设计语言或其组合来编写用于执行本申请操作的计算机程序代码，所述程序设计语言包括面向对象的程序设计语言，诸如Java、Smalltalk、C++，还包括常规的过程式程序设计语言，诸如“C”语言或类似的程序设计语言。程序代码可以完全地在用户计算机上执行、部分地在用户计算机上执行、作为一个独立的软件包执行、部分在用户计算机上部分在远程计算机上执行、或者完全在远程计算机或服务器上执行。在涉及远程计算机的情形中，远程计算机可以通过任意种类的网络，包括局域网(Local Area Network，LAN)或广域网(Wide Area Network，WAN)，连接到用户计算机，或者，可以连接到外部计算机(例如利用因特网服务提供商来通过因特网连接)。
以上所述，仅为本申请的示例性实施例而已。
本领域内的技术人员应明白，术语用户终端涵盖任何适合类型的无线用户设备，例如移动电话、便携数据处理装置、便携网络浏览器或车载移动台。
一般来说，本申请的多种实施例可以在硬件或专用电路、软件、逻辑或其任何组合中实现。例如，一些方面可以被实现在硬件中，而其它方面可以被实现在可以被控制器、微处理器或其它计算装置执行的固件或软件中，尽管本申请不限于此。
本申请的实施例可以通过移动装置的数据处理器执行计算机程序指令来实现，例如在处理器实体中，或者通过硬件，或者通过软件和硬件的组合。计算机程序指令可以是汇编指令、指令集架构(Instruction Set Architecture，ISA)指令、机器指令、机器相关指令、微代码、固件指令、状态设置数据、或者以一种或多种编程语言的任意组合编写的源代码或目标代码。
本申请附图中的任何逻辑流程的框图可以表示程序步骤，或者可以表示相互连接的逻辑电路、模块和功能，或者可以表示程序步骤与逻辑电路、模块和功能的组合。计算机程序可以存储在存储器上。存储器可以具有任何适合于本地技术环境的类型并且可以使用任何适合的数据存储技术实现，例如但不限于只读存储器(Read-Only Memory，ROM)、随机访问存储器(Random Access Memory，RAM)、光存储器装置和系统(数码多功能光碟(Digital Video Disc，DVD)或光盘(Compact Disk，CD)等。计算机可读介质可以包括非瞬时性存储介质。数据处理器可以是任何适合于本地技术环境的类型，例如但不限于通用计算机、专用计算机、微处理器、数字信号处理器(Digital Signal Processing，DSP)、专用集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit，ASIC)、可编程逻辑器件(Field-Programmable Gate Array，FPGA)以及基于多核处理器架构的处理器。

Claims (32)

  1. 一种资源可用性确定方法，包括：
    获取资源配置信息，所述资源配置信息包括第一信令和第二信令，其中，所述第一信令包括至少一个资源可用性组合，一个资源可用性组合对应一个组合索引，所述第二信令用于指示至少一个组合索引；
    根据所述资源配置信息确定资源的可用性。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其中，所述根据所述资源配置信息确定资源的可用性，包括如下至少之一：
    根据所述资源配置信息确定至少一个时间单元中的频域资源的可用性；
    根据所述资源配置信息确定至少一个时间单元中符号的可用性和频域资源的可用性。
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法，其中，所述资源可用性组合包括第一资源可用性组合，所述第一资源可用性组合用于指示至少一个时间单元中频域资源的可用性。
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法，其中，所述第一资源可用性组合中的元素用于指示对应的时间单元中的频域资源的可用性；
    所述元素对应至少一个可用性图案。
  5. 根据权利要求3所述的方法，其中，所述第一资源可用性组合中的元素包括第一类元素、第二类元素和第三类元素中的至少之一；
    所述第一类元素对应K1个可用性图案，K1个可用性图案关联于一个时间单元的以下之一对应的频域资源：K1个方向的符号，K1种属性的符号，K1种时域资源类型的符号；
    所述第二类元素对应一个可用性图案，所述一个可用性图案关联于一个时间单元对应的频域资源；
    所述第三类元素对应一个可用性图案，每K2个可用性图案关联于一个时间单元的以下之一对应的频域资源：K2个方向的符号，K2种属性的符号，K2种时域资源类型的符号；
    其中，K1为大于0的整数，K2为大于0的整数。
  6. 根据权利要求3所述的方法，其中，所述第一资源可用性组合中的K3个元素对应K3个可用性图案，所述K3个可用性图案关联于至少一个时间单元中以下之一对应的频域资源：K3个方向的符号，K3种属性的符号，K3种时域资源类型的符号，其中，K3为大于0的整数。
  7. 根据权利要求4、5或6所述的方法，其中，所述可用性图案被配置或者被预定义为用于如下至少之一：
    指示起始频域单元和频域单元数目对应的频域单元的可用性；
    指示资源指示值RIV对应的频域单元的可用性；
    通过与频域单元对应的位图的比特值指示频域单元的可用性；
    指示频域单元索引或索引组对应的频域单元的可用性；
    指示预定特征的频域单元的可用性。
  8. 根据权利要求2所述的方法，其中，所述资源可用性组合包括第一资源可用性组合，所述第一资源可用性组合用于指示至少一个时间单元中符号的可用性和频域资源的可用性。
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法，其中，所述第一资源可用性组合中的元素用于指示对应的时间单元中符号的可用性和频域资源的可用性；
    所述元素对应至少一个可用性图案。
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法，其中，所述可用性图案被配置或者被预定义为用于根据如下至少之一指示一个时间单元中符号的可用性和频域资源的可用性：符号属性，符号方向，时域资源类型。
  11. 根据权利要求8所述的方法，其中，指示时间单元中符号的可用性和频域资源的可用性，包括：
    对于所述时间单元中包含的软符号，指示所述软符号的可用性和所述软符号对应的频域资源的可用性；
    对于所述时间单元中包含的硬符号，指示所述硬符号对应的频域资源的可用性。
  12. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其中，所述资源可用性组合包括第一资源可用性组合，所述第一资源可用性组合用于指示至少一个时间单元中时频资源的可用性。
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法，其中，所述第一资源可用性组合中的元素用于指示对应的时间单元中时频资源的可用性；
    所述元素对应至少一个可用性图案。
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法，其中，所述可用性图案被配置或者被预定义为用于根据如下之一指示一个时间单元中时频资源的可用性：
    通过与时频资源单元对应的位图的比特值指示时频资源的可用性，其中，一个时频资源单元包括时域上的一个符号组和频域上的一个频域单元，一个符号组包括如下之一：一个方向的符号，一种属性的符号，一种时域资源类型的符号；
    通过与符号组对应的第一位图的比特值指示所述符号组的可用性，并通过与频域单元对应的第二位图的比特值指示所述频域单元的可用性，其中，在所述符号组和所述频域单元都被指示为可用的情况下，所述符号组和所述频域单元对应的时频资源为可用，在所述符号组和所述频域单元不都被指示为可用的情况下，所述符号组和所述频域单元对应的时频资源为不可用或者可用性没有被指示。
  15. 根据权利要求2或12所述的方法，其中，所述资源配置信息还包括如下信息中的至少之一：所述第二信令的有效载荷大小，频域可用性指示的无线网络临时标识RNTI，监听物理下行控制信道PDCCH的搜索空间集合，第一资源可用性组合对应的第一索引在所述第二信令中的位置，第一参考子载波间隔，分布式单元DU标识，DU的小区标识，移动终端MT标识，MT的小区标识，MT的波束，MT的波束组，MT的波束标识，MT的波束组标识，所述第二信令开始生效的时间间隔，所述第二信令生效的时间单元数。
  16. 根据权利要求3、8或12所述的方法，其中，所述第一资源可用性组合满足以下之一：
    对于一个DU配置至少一个第一资源可用性组合；
    对于DU的一个小区配置至少一个第一资源可用性组合；
    对于一个DU的一个载波配置至少一个第一资源可用性组合；
    对于MT的一个波束或者波束组，对于一个DU配置至少一个第一资源可用性组合；
    对于MT的一个小区的一个波束或者波束组，DU的一个小区或载波配置至少一个第一资源可用性组合。
  17. 根据权利要求3所述的方法，其中，所述第二信令中所述第一资源可用性组合对应的第一索引用于指示从如下之一时隙开始的至少一个时间单元中频域资源的可用性：与检测到所述第二信令的MT时隙相交的且最早出现的DU时隙，与检测到所述第二信令的MT时隙相隔Ya个DU时隙的且最早出现的DU时隙，其中，Ya为大于或等于0的整数。
  18. 根据权利要求8所述的方法，其中，所述第二信令中所述第一资源可用 性组合对应的第一索引用于指示从如下之一时隙开始的至少一个时间单元中符号的可用性和频域资源的可用性：与检测到所述第二信令的MT时隙相交的且最早出现的DU时隙，与检测到所述第二信令的MT时隙相隔Yb个DU时隙的且最早出现的DU时隙，其中，Yb为大于或等于0的整数。
  19. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，还包括：获取频域资源配置信息；
    所述频域资源配置信息包括如下至少之一：频域单元配置信息，频域单元的属性配置信息，可用性待定的频域单元配置；
    其中，所述频域单元配置信息包括如下参数中的至少之一：频域单元大小，频域单元数量，频域单元起始位置，频域单元RIV，频域单元标识，频域单元对应的子载波间隔；
    所述属性配置信息包括如下至少之一：硬，软，不可用。
  20. 根据权利要求3、8或12所述的方法，其中，所述第一资源可用性组合用于指示如下至少之一频域资源的可用性：频域单元，属性为软的频域单元，被配置的频域单元的集合，属性为软的符号对应的频域单元，属性为软且未被显式指示为可用的符号对应的频域单元，属性为软且被显式指示为可用的符号对应的频域单元，可用性待定的频域单元。
  21. 根据权利要求19所述的方法，还包括：通过如下方式中的至少之一确定或者预定义频域单元属性：
    每个起始频域单元和频域单元数目的参数组合对应于一种频域单元属性；
    每个RIV对应于一种频域单元属性；
    通过位图确定频域单元的两种属性，所述两种属性为硬、软和不可用中的两种；
    通过至少2个位图确定频域单元的三种属性。
  22. 根据权利要求2所述的方法，其中，所述根据所述资源配置信息确定资源的可用性，包括：
    通过如下方式之一确定一个时间单元中的时频资源的可用性：
    在符号和频域单元都为可用的情况下，所述符号和所述频域单元对应的时频资源为可用的，在符号和频域单元中至少一个为不可用的情况下，所述符号和所述频域单元对应的时频资源是不可用的，除此以外的时频资源在满足设定条件的情况下是可用的；
    在符号和频域单元中至少一个为可用的且另一个不为不可用的情况下，所 述符号和所述频域单元对应的时频资源是可用的，在符号和频域单元中至少一个为不可用的情况下，所述符号和所述频域单元对应的时频资源是不可用的，除此以外的时频资源在满足设定条件的情况下是可用的；
    在符号为可用且频域单元不为不可用的情况下，所述符号和所述频域单元对应的时频资源是可用的，在符号和频域单元中至少一个为不可用的情况下，所述符号和所述频域单元对应的时频资源是不可用的，除此以外的时频资源在满足设定条件的情况下是可用的；
    在频域单元为可用且符号不为不可用的情况下，所述符号和所述频域单元对应的时频资源是可用的，在符号和频域单元中至少一个为不可用的情况下，所述符号和所述频域单元对应的时频资源是不可用的，除此以外的时频资源在满足设定条件的情况下是可用的；
    在符号和频域单元都为可用的情况下，所述符号和所述频域单元对应的时频资源是可用的，在符号的可用性为不可用的情况下，所述符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是不可用的，除此以外的时频资源在满足设定条件的情况下是可用的；
    在符号和频域单元中至少一个为可用的且符号不为不可用的情况下，所述符号和所述频域单元对应的时频资源是可用的，在符号为不可用的情况下，所述符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是不可用的，除此以外的时频资源在满足设定条件的情况下是可用的；
    在符号为可用的情况下，所述符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是可用的，在符号为不可用的情况下，所述符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是不可用的，除此以外的时频资源在满足设定条件的情况下是可用的；
    在频域单元为可用的且所述符号不为不可用的情况下，所述符号和所述频域单元对应的时频资源是可用的，在符号为不可用的情况下，所述符号和频域单元对应的时频资源是不可用的，除此以外的时频资源在满足设定条件的情况下是可用的。
  23. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其中，所述资源可用性组合包括第二资源可用性组合，所述第二资源可用性组合用于指示如下至少之一：至少一个时间单元中MT的波束的可用性，至少一个时间单元中DU的波束的可用性。
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的方法，其中，所述第二资源可用性组合中的元素用于指示如下至少之一：对应的时间单元中MT的波束的可用性，对应的时间单元中DU的波束的可用性；
    所述元素对应至少一个波束或者波束组。
  25. 根据权利要求23所述的方法，其中，所述波束与如下之一关联：参考信号，同步广播信道块SSB，SSB相关配置，传输配置指示TCI状态，探测参考信号，探测参考信号指示。
  26. 根据权利要求23所述的方法，其中，所述资源配置信息还包括如下至少之一：
    空域可用性指示的RNTI，所述第二信令的有效载荷大小，监听PDCCH的搜索空间集合，MT的服务小区标识，DU的小区标识，所述第二资源可用性组合对应的第二索引在所述第二信令中的位置，第二参考子载波间隔，所述第二信令开始生效的第一时间间隔，所述第二信令开始生效的第二时间间隔，带宽部分BWP标识，所述第二信令生效的时间单元数。
  27. 根据权利要求23所述的方法，其中，MT的信号或者信道被配置的波束包含在所述第二信令指示的波束中，或者，MT的信号或者信道被配置的波束不包含所述第二信令指示的波束。
  28. 根据权利要求23所述的方法，其中，所述第二信令中所述第二资源可用性组合对应的第二索引用于指示从如下之一时隙开始的至少一个时间单元中MT的波束的可用性：检测到所述第二信令的MT时隙，与检测到所述第二信令的MT时隙相隔Y1个时隙的MT时隙，与检测到所述第二信令的MT时隙相交的最早出现的DU时隙，与检测到所述第二信令的MT时隙相隔Y2个DU时隙的最早出现的DU时隙，其中，Y1、以及Y2为大于或等于0的整数。
  29. 根据权利要求23所述的方法，其中，所述第二信令中所述第二资源可用性组合对应的第二索引用于指示从如下之一时隙开始的至少一个时间单元中DU的波束的可用性：检测到所述第二信令的MT时隙，与检测到所述第二信令的MT时隙相隔Y1个时隙的MT时隙，与检测到所述第二信令的MT时隙相交的最早出现的DU时隙，与检测到所述第二信令的MT时隙相隔Y2个DU时隙的最早出现的DU时隙，其中，Y1、以及Y2为大于或等于0的整数。
  30. 一种资源配置方法，包括：
    发送资源配置信息，所述资源配置信息包括第一信令和第二信令，其中，所述第一信令包括至少一个资源可用性组合，一个资源可用性组合对应一个组合索引，所述第二信令用于指示至少一个组合索引。
  31. 一种通信节点，包括存储器、处理器以及存储在所述存储器上并可在所述处理器上运行的计算机程序，其中，所述处理器执行所述程序时实现如权利要求1-29中任一项所述的资源可用性确定方法或如权利要求30所述的资源配置方法。
  32. 一种计算机可读存储介质，存储有计算机程序，其中，所述程序被处理器执行实现如权利要求1-29中任一项所述的资源可用性确定方法或如权利要求30所述的资源配置方法。
PCT/CN2022/071712 2021-01-13 2022-01-13 资源可用性确定方法、资源配置方法、通信节点及存储介质 WO2022152190A1 (zh)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202110044734.XA CN112867161A (zh) 2021-01-13 2021-01-13 资源可用性确定、资源配置方法、通信节点及存储介质
CN202110044734.X 2021-01-13

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022152190A1 true WO2022152190A1 (zh) 2022-07-21

Family

ID=76003592

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/071712 WO2022152190A1 (zh) 2021-01-13 2022-01-13 资源可用性确定方法、资源配置方法、通信节点及存储介质

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN112867161A (zh)
WO (1) WO2022152190A1 (zh)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023011671A1 (zh) * 2021-08-06 2023-02-09 中兴通讯股份有限公司 资源指示方法、装置、节点和存储介质

Families Citing this family (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN112867161A (zh) * 2021-01-13 2021-05-28 中兴通讯股份有限公司 资源可用性确定、资源配置方法、通信节点及存储介质
CN115190606A (zh) * 2021-04-02 2022-10-14 华为技术有限公司 无线通信方法和装置
WO2023050073A1 (en) * 2021-09-28 2023-04-06 Lenovo (Beijing) Limited Methods and apparatuses for determining frequency domain resource
CN116233932A (zh) * 2021-12-02 2023-06-06 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 一种被用于无线通信的节点中的方法和装置
WO2024067869A1 (zh) * 2022-09-30 2024-04-04 华为技术有限公司 通信方法和通信装置

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111083740A (zh) * 2019-08-15 2020-04-28 中兴通讯股份有限公司 确定资源的方法及装置、存储介质和电子装置
WO2020214278A1 (en) * 2019-04-19 2020-10-22 Qualcomm Incorporated Supporting spatial division multiplexing operation in integrated access and backhaul networks
CN111901871A (zh) * 2020-04-09 2020-11-06 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种资源配置方法、装置、通信节点及存储介质
CN112867161A (zh) * 2021-01-13 2021-05-28 中兴通讯股份有限公司 资源可用性确定、资源配置方法、通信节点及存储介质

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2020214278A1 (en) * 2019-04-19 2020-10-22 Qualcomm Incorporated Supporting spatial division multiplexing operation in integrated access and backhaul networks
CN111083740A (zh) * 2019-08-15 2020-04-28 中兴通讯股份有限公司 确定资源的方法及装置、存储介质和电子装置
CN111901871A (zh) * 2020-04-09 2020-11-06 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种资源配置方法、装置、通信节点及存储介质
CN112867161A (zh) * 2021-01-13 2021-05-28 中兴通讯股份有限公司 资源可用性确定、资源配置方法、通信节点及存储介质

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
NTT DOCOMO, INC.: "Resource multiplexing between child and parent links of an IAB node", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-2009190, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG1, no. e-Meeting; 20201026 - 20201114, 23 October 2020 (2020-10-23), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051945520 *

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023011671A1 (zh) * 2021-08-06 2023-02-09 中兴通讯股份有限公司 资源指示方法、装置、节点和存储介质

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN112867161A (zh) 2021-05-28

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2022152190A1 (zh) 资源可用性确定方法、资源配置方法、通信节点及存储介质
WO2021203873A1 (zh) 资源配置方法、装置、通信节点及存储介质
KR102308693B1 (ko) 참조 신호 송신 방법, 장치 및 시스템
ES2612536T3 (es) Métodos de transmisión y recepción de un canal de control, estación base y equipo de usuario
US11363499B2 (en) Resource configuration method, apparatus, and system
RU2731366C1 (ru) Пользовательский терминал и способ радиосвязи
JPWO2017038892A1 (ja) ユーザ端末、無線基地局及び無線通信方法
EP3703443A1 (en) Resource determining method, apparatus, network element, and system
CN109151898B (zh) 信号传输方法、相关装置及系统
CN109076513A (zh) 下行控制信息的发送方法、检测方法和设备
US20190246404A1 (en) Method and apparatus for configuring wireless resource allocation information
WO2018171792A1 (zh) 一种参考信号传输方法、装置及系统
WO2017133010A1 (zh) 一种物理下行信道的传输方法、装置及系统
WO2020169063A1 (zh) 一种数据传输方法及通信装置
US20190124705A1 (en) Identifier management method, apparatus, and system
US11258571B2 (en) Downlink control information transmission method, apparatus, and system
WO2017080271A1 (zh) 传输调度信息的方法和装置
US20230337206A1 (en) Information transmission method and apparatus, iab node, and network device
CN110383914A (zh) 信息发送方法、装置、终端、接入网设备及系统
CN108934074B (zh) 一种下行控制信道的配置方法、装置和基站
CN110495119B (zh) 下行控制信道的配置方法及网络设备、终端
WO2021047615A1 (zh) 参考信号传输方法及通信装置
WO2022206940A1 (zh) 指示方法、装置、第一节点、第二节点及存储介质
US20210360663A1 (en) Method and apparatus for channel resource determining and resource mapping
WO2018054136A1 (zh) 一种下行传输方法及相关设备

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22739067

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

32PN Ep: public notification in the ep bulletin as address of the adressee cannot be established

Free format text: NOTING OF LOSS OF RIGHTS PURSUANT TO RULE 112(1) EPC (EPO FORM 1205A DATED 16.11.2023)